EPLAN Properties

ID	Designation	Object classes	Description	Category	Field type	Index	R/O	API define
1000	Structure identifier	Structure identifiers	Structure identifier without sub-identifier and preceding sign, e.g. "UA1".	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	LOCATION_NAME
1001	Complete structure identifier	Structure identifiers	Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) without preceding sign, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2".	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	LOCATION_FULLNAME
1002	Structure description	Structure identifiers	Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	LOCATION_DESCRIPTION
1003	Complete structure identifier with preceding sign	Structure identifiers	Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2".	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	LOCATION_FULLNAME_WITHPREFIX
1004	Identifier block	Structure identifiers	Provides the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Function designation," "Location designation" etc. The property can be used in forms for the structure identifier overview.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	LOCATION_TYPENAME
1005	Usage count	Structure identifiers	Specifies how often a structure identifier is used in the project ("?" = not updated, * = not used, but a sub-identifier exists).	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	LOCATION_USE
1006	Identifier block (ID)	Structure identifiers	Provides (regardless of the language) the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Function designation," "Location designation" etc. This property can be used in reports, e.g. in the structure identifier overview.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	LOCATION_TYPENAME_NR
1007	Structure description 2	Structure identifiers	Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_2
1008	Structure description 3	Structure identifiers	Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_3
1009	Structure description Supplementary field	Structure identifiers	Describing supplementary text for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 10	No	LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
1010	Structure identifier: superior name component	Structure identifiers	Outputs the xth name component of a structure identifier using the index. Example: For a structure identifier in the form of "=A.B.C.D" the index 3 returns the value "C".	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	LOCATION_NAMEPART
1011	Structure identifier superior	Structure identifiers		Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION
1012	Structure identifier superior: Description	Structure identifiers		Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION_DESCRIPTION
1100	Function designation (main identifier)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLANT
1101	Function designation (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1
1102	Function designation (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2
1103	Function designation (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3
1104	Function designation (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4
1105	Function designation (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5
1106	Function designation (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6
1107	Function designation (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7
1108	Function designation (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8
1109	Function designation (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9
1120	Function designation	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full function designation name, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT
1121	Function designation (sub-identifier, complete)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	For a function designation provides all the sub-identifiers, for example "UA1.UA2" at a complete function designation "A.UA1.UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLANT
1122	Function designation (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Supplies leading identifiers up to the hierarchy level specified by the index, for example, "A.UA.UA2" for index 3 for a function designation "A.UA.UA2.UA3.UA4".	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLANT_LEADINGPARTS
1128	Function designation (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of function designation that is entered at this planning object. The entire function designation for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_PLANT_PART
1129	Function designation (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLANT_VISIBLE
1130	Function designation (main identifier): Description	Function (base object) Connection Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLANT_DESCR
1131	Function designation (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1_DESCR
1132	Function designation (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2_DESCR
1133	Function designation (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3_DESCR
1134	Function designation (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4_DESCR
1135	Function designation (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5_DESCR
1136	Function designation (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6_DESCR
1137	Function designation (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7_DESCR
1138	Function designation (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8_DESCR
1139	Function designation (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9_DESCR
1140	Function designation with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full function designation name with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_WITHPREFIX
1150	Function designation: Description	Connection Page Function (base object) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_DESCR
1200	Location designation (main identifier)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_LOCATION
1201	Location designation (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1
1202	Location designation (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2
1203	Location designation (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3
1204	Location designation (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4
1205	Location designation (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5
1206	Location designation (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6
1207	Location designation (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7
1208	Location designation (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8
1209	Location designation (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9
1220	Location designation	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full location designation name, e.g. "O.UO1.UO2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION
1221	Location designation (sub-identifier, complete)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides all the sub-identifiers for a location designation, e.g. "UO1.UO2" at a complete location designation "O.UO1.UO2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBLOCATION
1222	Location designation (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Supplies leading identifiers up to the hierarchy level specified by the index, for example, "O.UO.UO2" for index 3 for a location designation "O.UO.UO2.UO3.UO4".	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_LOCATION_LEADINGPARTS
1228	Location designation (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the location designation that is entered at this planning object. The entire location designation for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_LOCATION_PART
1229	Location designation (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_LOCATION_VISIBLE
1230	Location designation (main identifier): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_LOCATION_DESCR
1231	Location designation (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1_DESCR
1232	Location designation (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2_DESCR
1233	Location designation (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3_DESCR
1234	Location designation (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4_DESCR
1235	Location designation (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5_DESCR
1236	Location designation (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6_DESCR
1237	Location designation (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7_DESCR
1238	Location designation (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8_DESCR
1239	Location designation (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9_DESCR
1240	Location designation with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full location designation names with preceding sign, e.g. "+O.UO1.UO2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_WITHPREFIX
1250	Location designation: Description	Connection Page Function (base object) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_DESCR
1300	Functional assignment (main identifier)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT
1301	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1
1302	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2
1303	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3
1304	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4
1305	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5
1306	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6
1307	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7
1308	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8
1309	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9
1320	Functional assignment	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full functional assignment.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT
1321	Functional assignment (sub-identifier, complete)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full name of the functional assignment with all the sub-identifiers.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT
1322	Functional assignment (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_LEADINGPARTS
1328	Functional assignment (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the functional assignment that is entered at this planning object. The entire functional assignment for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_PART
1329	Functional assignment (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_VISIBLE
1330	Functional assignment (main identifier): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR
1331	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1_DESCR
1332	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2_DESCR
1333	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3_DESCR
1334	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4_DESCR
1335	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5_DESCR
1336	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6_DESCR
1337	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7_DESCR
1338	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8_DESCR
1339	Functional assignment (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9_DESCR
1340	Functional assignment with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full functional assignment with preceding sign.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_WITHPREFIX
1350	Functional assignment: Description	Connection Page Function (base object) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR
1400	Installation site (main identifier)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION
1401	Installation site (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1
1402	Installation site (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2
1403	Installation site (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3
1404	Installation site (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4
1405	Installation site (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5
1406	Installation site (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6
1407	Installation site (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7
1408	Installation site (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8
1409	Installation site (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9
1420	Installation site	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION
1421	Installation site (sub-identifier, complete)	Function (base object) Page Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full name of the installation site with all the sub-identifiers.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION
1422	Installation site (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_LEADINGPARTS
1428	Installation site (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the installation site that is entered at this planning object. The entire installation site for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_PART
1429	Installation site (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_VISIBLE
1430	Installation site (main identifier): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR
1431	Installation site (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1_DESCR
1432	Installation site (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2_DESCR
1433	Installation site (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3_DESCR
1434	Installation site (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4_DESCR
1435	Installation site (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5_DESCR
1436	Installation site (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6_DESCR
1437	Installation site (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7_DESCR
1438	Installation site (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8_DESCR
1439	Installation site (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9_DESCR
1440	Installation site with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full installation site with preceding sign.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_WITHPREFIX
1450	Installation site: Description	Connection Page Function (base object) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR
1500	Document type (main identifier)	Page Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE
1520	Document type	Page Segment (pre-planning)	Part of the structure identifier of the document type that is entered at this structure segment or planning object. The entire structure identifier of a planning object consists of all parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE
1521	Document type (sub-identifier, complete)	Page Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBDOCTYPE
1522	Document type (leading identifiers)	Page Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_LEADINGPARTS
1528	Document type (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the document type that is entered at this planning object. The entire document type for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_PART
1530	Document type (main identifier): Description	Page Segment (pre-planning)	Description of the document type.	Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_DESCR
1540	Document type with preceding sign	Page Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_WITHPREFIX
1550	Document type: Description	Page Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_DESCR
1600	User-defined structure (main identifier)	Function (base object) Page Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the main identifier of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED
1601	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 1 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1
1602	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 2 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2
1603	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 3 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3
1604	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 4 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4
1605	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 5 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5
1606	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 6 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6
1607	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 7 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7
1608	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 8 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8
1609	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the sublevel 9 of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9
1620	User-defined structure	Function (base object) Page Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full character string of the user-defined structure.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED
1621	User-defined structure (sub-identifier, complete)	Function (base object) Page Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full name of the user-defined structure with all the sub-identifiers.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBUSERDEFINED
1622	User-defined structure (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_LEADINGPARTS
1628	User-defined structure (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the user-defined structure that is entered at this planning object. The entire user-defined structure for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_PART
1629	User-defined structure (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_VISIBLE
1630	User-defined structure (main identifier): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_DESCR
1631	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1_DESCR
1632	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2_DESCR
1633	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3_DESCR
1634	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4_DESCR
1635	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5_DESCR
1636	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6_DESCR
1637	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7_DESCR
1638	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8_DESCR
1639	User-defined structure (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9_DESCR
1640	User-defined structure with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_WITHPREFIX
1650	User-defined structure: Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_DESCR
1700	Higher-level function number (main identifier)	Function (base object) Connection Page Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)	The first (and in this case only) hierarchy level of the higher-level function number. Is required for fluid power.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER
1720	Higher-level function number	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Full higher-level function number.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER
1721	Higher-level function number (sub-identifier, complete)	Part reference Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Function (base object) Page Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full name of the higher-level function number with all the sub-identifiers.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBINSTALLATIONNUMBER
1722	Higher-level function number (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_LEADINGPARTS
1728	Higher-level function number (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the higher-level function number that is entered at this planning object. The entire higher-level function number for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_PART
1729	Higher-level function number (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_VISIBLE
1730	Higher-level function number (main identifier): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Higher-level function number description.	Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR
1740	Higher-level function number with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_WITHPREFIX
1750	Higher-level function number: Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR
1800	Product (main identifier)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PRODUCT
1801	Product (sub-identifier 1)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1
1802	Product (sub-identifier 2)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2
1803	Product (sub-identifier 3)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3
1804	Product (sub-identifier 4)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4
1805	Product (sub-identifier 5)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5
1806	Product (sub-identifier 6)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6
1807	Product (sub-identifier 7)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7
1808	Product (sub-identifier 8)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8
1809	Product (sub-identifier 9)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9
1820	Product	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Terminal strip (in reports) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full product aspect, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT
1821	Product (sub-identifier, complete)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the full name of the product aspect with all the sub-identifiers, e.g. "UA-UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPRODUCT
1822	Product (leading identifiers)	Page Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_LEADINGPARTS
1828	Product aspect (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Part of the product aspect that is entered at this planning object. The entire product aspect for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_PART
1829	Product (visible)	Function (base object)	Shows the "Product aspect" component of the visible DT. A value is only displayed here if the extended reference identification is activated in the project structure and the product aspect is used for structuring. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_VISIBLE
1830	Product (main identifier): Description	Function (base object) Connection Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_DESCR
1831	Product (sub-identifier 1): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1_DESCR
1832	Product (sub-identifier 2): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2_DESCR
1833	Product (sub-identifier 3): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3_DESCR
1834	Product (sub-identifier 4): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4_DESCR
1835	Product (sub-identifier 5): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5_DESCR
1836	Product (sub-identifier 6): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6_DESCR
1837	Product (sub-identifier 7): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7_DESCR
1838	Product (sub-identifier 8): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8_DESCR
1839	Product (sub-identifier 9): Description	Connection Function (base object) Page Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9_DESCR
1840	Product with preceding sign	Connection Function (base object) Page Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full product aspect with preceding sign, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_WITHPREFIX
1850	Product: Description	Connection Page Function (base object) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Devices	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_DESCR
2000	Object identification	Basic object	Internal object identifier.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPUSER_DBOBJECTID
3010	Last editor: ID	Project Page Form (base object) Function definition library Symbol Symbol library	The value entered as a "User code".	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPUSER_LAST_USERCODE
3011	Last editor: Name	Project Page Form (base object) Function definition library Symbol Symbol library	The name associated with the user code.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPUSER_LAST_USERNAME
3012	Last editor: Phone	Project Page Form (base object) Function definition library Symbol Symbol library	The telephone number associated with the user code.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPUSER_LAST_USERPHONE
3013	Last editor: E-mail	Project Page Form (base object) Function definition library Symbol Symbol library	The e-mail address associated with the user code.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPUSER_LAST_USEREMAIL
3014	Change protection	Function Connection Page Structure identifiers Segment (pre-planning) Interruption point Segment definition (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	If this property is activated for an object (e.g. page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) the complete object as well as all the subordinate objects are protected against all types of change. This means that not only the parts data are protected, as at device protection, but rather that all the properties of the object can no longer be changed and that the object cannot be deleted or moved. This property is assigned automatically inter alia during the generation of subprojects.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	WRITEPROTECTED
3015	Change protection (hierarchical)	Function Connection Page Structure identifiers Segment (pre-planning) Placement Interruption point Segment definition (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Shows whether an object (for example a page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) is protected itself or is protected by a superior object. This property also exists at other objects that can be protected by a superior object, for example at interruption points or graphical element.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	WRITEPROTECTED_AUTOMATIC
10000	Project name	Project	Provides the project name without file name extension.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_NAME
10001	Project structure: Functional assignment	Project	Project structure for the functional assignment, identified by "==".	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT
10002	Project structure: Function designation	Project	Project structure for the function designation, identified by "=".	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLANT
10003	Project structure: Installation site	Project	Project structure for the installation site, identified by "++".	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLACEOFINSTALLATION
10004	Project structure: Location designation	Project	Project structure for the location designation, identified by "+".	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATION
10005	Project structure: Higher-level function number	Project	Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_INSTALLATIONNUMBER
10006	Project structure: Document type	Project	The document type valid only for pages and external documents is stored in this project structure. The KKS identifier is normally entered here.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_DOCUMENTSTRUCTURE
10007	Project structure: User-defined structure	Project	Defines the structure of the user-defined structure.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_USERDEFINED
10008	Show tab for DT structures	Project	Controls the visibility of the "Structure" tab in the project properties.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_SHOWDTSTRUCTURETAB
10009	Project name (full)	Project	Name of the project file including file name extension and the full file path.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_FULL_PROJECTNAME
10010	Project path	Project	Relative file path of the project file, starting from the directory entered in the user settings as the general project directory. Only one value can then be displayed when there is a discrepancy between the project directory entered in the user settings and the current project path.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_PROJECTPATH
10011	Project description	Project	Description of the project.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_INSTALLATIONNAME
10012	Use page name in DT	Project	This setting is used to monitor whether the page name for devices is to be adopted in the prefix of the DT.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_TAKEOVERPAGENUMBER
10013	Job number	Project	Enter the project number or the job number here.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DRAWINGNUMBER
10014	Commission	Project	Enter e.g. the project number or a job number here.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_COMMISSION
10015	Company name	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_COMPANYNAME
10016	Company address 1	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS1
10017	Company address 2	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS2
10018	Separator for structures	Project	Contains all structure separators in coded form (except the document structure). Format: Number of entries and then, separated by tabs, higher-level and lower level structure identifier.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDSEPARATORS
10019	Nested device tags	Project	This stores a coded value defining which device tags are nested and in what manner. Format: Number of entries and then each setting separated by tabs (as 0 or 1 coded Boolean variables).	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDNESTINGSETTINGS
10020	Creator	Project	The sign-in name or user code of the project creator is displayed here. Specify whether the sign-in name or user code is to be output in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATOR
10021	Creation date	Project	Date the project was created. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_CREATIONDATE
10022	Last editor: Sign-in name	Project	User code of the last person to edit the project.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_LASTMODIFICATOR
10023	Modification date	Project	Date of last changes to the project.	Revision	Time / Date	No	Yes	PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE
10024	Last translation: Date	Project	The date of the last foreign language translation. How the date is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONDATE
10025	Responsible for project	Project		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_RESPONSIBLEFORPROJECT
10026	Project end	Project		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_PROJECTEND
10027	Date	Project	Provides the current date as a character string corresponding to the currently defined formatting.	Revision	Time / Date	No	Yes	PROJ_ACTUALDATE
10028	Project start	Project		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_PROJECTBEGIN
10029	Superior structure formats	Project	A coded value is stored here, indicating which structures are to be "superior", i.e. the identifying name or DT element.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_SPECIALDINMODE
10030	Make	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_MAKE
10031	Project: Type	Project	Serves to indicate the type, e.g. machine or plant.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_TYPE
10032	Place of installation	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_LOCATIONOFINSTALLATION
10033	Part features	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_PARTFEATURES
10034	Environmental consideration	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENVIRONMENTALCONSIDERATION
10035	Location	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_LOCATION
10036	Regulation	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_REGULATION
10037	Degree of protection	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_DEGOFPROTECTION
10038	Enclosures	Project		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENCLOSURES
10039	Power supply	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_POWERINPUT
10040	Input lead	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_LEADIN
10041	Control voltage	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CONTROLVOLTAGE
10042	Manufacturing date	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_MANUFACTURINGDATE
10043	EPLAN version of the last modification or update	Project	EPLAN version used for the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_LASTUSEDVERSION
10044	EPLAN build number of the last modification or update	Project	EPLAN build number used for the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_LASTUSEDBUILDNUMBER
10045	Project path (full)	Project	Complete file path of the project file, but without the project file name.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_FULL_PROJECTPATH
10046	Creation time	Project	The time the project was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_CREATIONTIME
10047	Modification time	Project	The time the project was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONTIME
10048	Last translation: Time	Project	The time of the last foreign language translation. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONTIME
10050	Structure format for pages	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for the page name.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PAGE
10051	Structure format for interruption points	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for interruption points.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_INTERRUPTIONPOINT
10053	Structure format for busbars	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for busbars.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_BUSBAR
10054	Superior structure format for all devices	Project	Defines the superior structure format for all devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_MASTERDEVICES
10055	Structure format for general devices	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for general devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_STANDARDDEVICE
10056	Structure format for black boxes	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for black boxes.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_DEVICEBOX
10057	Structure format for PLC / bus technology	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLC
10058	Time of the day	Project	Provides the current date as a character string corresponding to the currently defined formatting.	Revision	Time / Date	No	Yes	PROJ_ACTUALTIME
10059	Structure format for terminal strips	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for terminal strips.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_TERMINALSTRIP
10060	Structure format for plugs	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for plugs.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLUG
10061	Structure format for cables	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for cables.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_CABLE
10062	Structure format for structure boxes	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for structure boxes.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATIONBOX
10063	Structure format for fluid devices	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_FLUID
10064	Structure format for fluid connection splicer / line connector	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_DISTRIBUTOR
10065	Number of frozen pages per page type	Project	Provides the number of frozen pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section).	Data	Integer	Yes, 100	Yes	PROJ_FROZENPERPAGETYPE
10069	Project: Template	Project	Displays the template (basic project, or, for a copied project, the source project) from which the project was created. To differentiate, the file extension is displayed in addition to the file name.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ORIGIN
10070	Naming format for pages	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for pages.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PAGE
10071	Naming format for interruption points	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for interruption points.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_INTERRUPTIONPOINT
10073	Naming format for busbars	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for busbars.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_BUSBAR
10074	Superior naming format for all devices	Project	Contains the combined quantity of all naming elements used in the device naming formats.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MASTERDEVICES
10075	Naming format for devices	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for general devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICE
10076	Naming format for black boxes	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for black boxes.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICEBOX
10077	Naming format for PLC / bus technology	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLC
10079	Naming format for terminal strips	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for terminal strips.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_TERMINALSTRIP
10080	Naming format for plugs	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for plugs.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLUG
10081	Naming format for cables	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for cables.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_CABLE
10082	Naming format for structure boxes	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for structure boxes.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX
10083	Naming format for fluid devices	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_FLUID
10084	Naming format for fluid connection splicer / line connector	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR
10085	Structure format for mechanical devices	Project	Specifies the structure format, i.e. the identifying DT elements, for mechanical devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_MECHANIC
10086	Naming format for mechanical devices	Project	Specifies the naming format, i.e. the identifying and describing DT elements, for mechanical devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MECHANIC
10089	Sequence of the project structures in the page name	Project	Describes the sequence of the project structures in the page name and furthermore also defines the sorting of the pages.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_STRUCTURESEQUENCE_PAGE
10090	Edit DT in individual fields	Project	This specifies that the DT is edited in individual fields and a standard format is not used.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_ENABLECUSTOMFORMAT
10091	Sequence of individual DT properties	Project	Describes the sequence of the individual DT properties when the DT is edited in individual fields.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_CUSTOMFORMAT
10092	Structure of tree structure in page tree	Project	Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the page navigator.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_PDD_PAGES_HIERARCHY
10093	Show descriptive identifiers in page tree	Project	Specifies whether the tree view of the page navigator shows describing structure identifiers.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_PDD_PAGES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES
10094	Structure of the tree structure in the device navigators	Project	Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the device navigators.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_HIERARCHY
10095	Show descriptive identifiers in device navigators	Project	Specifies whether the tree view of the device navigators shows describing structure identifiers.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES
10096	Block property: Format (potential definition)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_POTENTIALDEFINITION
10097	Block property: Format (piping definition)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESSDEFINITION
10098	Highest revision index (change tracking)	Project	Delivers the highest revision index of all pages and layout spaces in the project.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJECT_HIGHEST_REVISION_INDEX
10099	Project structure: Product	Project	Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_HIERARCHY_PRODUCT
10100	Customer: Short name	Project	Short name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERID
10101	Customer: Title	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERTITLE
10102	Customer: Name 1	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME1
10103	Customer: Name 2	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME2
10104	Customer: Name 3	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME3
10105	Customer: Street	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERSTREET
10106	Customer: P.O. box	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERPOBOX
10107	Customer: Zip code (City)	Project	City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODE
10108	Customer: City	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERCITY
10109	Customer: Country	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERCOUNTRY
10110	Customer: Phone	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERTELEPHONE
10111	Customer: Fax	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERFAX
10112	Customer: E-mail	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMEREMAIL
10113	Customer: Zip code (P.O. box)	Project	Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX
10114	Customer: State / Region	Project	Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERREGION
10115	Customer: Full name	Project	Full name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERLONGNAME
10116	Customer: Customer number	Project	Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERNUMBER
10117	Customer: Description	Project	This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	Customer	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMERNOTE
10120	Unique project ID for the Cloud	Project		No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CLOUD_PROJECT_ID
10122	Processing mode for the cloud	Project		No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CLOUD_EDITMODE
10130	End customer: Short name	Project	Short name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERID
10131	End customer: Title	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTITLE
10132	End customer: Name 1	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME1
10133	End customer: Name 2	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME2
10134	End customer: Name 3	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME3
10135	End customer: Street	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERSTREET
10136	End customer: P.O. box	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERPOBOX
10137	End customer: Zip code (City)	Project	City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODE
10138	End customer: City	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCITY
10139	End customer: Country	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCOUNTRY
10140	End customer: Phone	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTELEPHONE
10141	End customer: Fax	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERFAX
10142	End customer: E-mail	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMEREMAIL
10143	End customer: Zip code (P.O. box)	Project	Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX
10144	End customer: State / Region	Project	Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_REGION
10145	End customer: Full name	Project	Full name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_LONGNAME
10146	End customer: Customer number	Project	Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NUMBER
10147	End customer: Description	Project	This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management.	End customer	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NOTE
10149	Revision: Original project name	Project	Name of original project from which the revision was generated.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT_NAME
10150	Revisions	Project	Revision designations, max 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISIONS
10151	Revision: Original project name (complete)	Project	Name of original project from which the revision was generated, including file name extension and complete file path.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT
10152	Revision marker (from property comparison)	Project Page Placement Connection Segment (pre-planning)	Marker text that displays the changes to an object in a revision (compatible with EPLAN 21).	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISIONMARKER
10153	Revision change marker (from property comparison)	Project Placement Page Connection Segment (pre-planning)	Displays the type of change to an object in a revision (added, changed or deleted).	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISIONID
10154	Revision: Change tracking started	Project	Indicates when the change tracking started during a revision.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_START
10155	Revision name (change tracking)	Project	Revision name (change tracking), max. 1,000 possible.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_NAME
10156	Revision comment (change tracking)	Project	Revision comment (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION
10157	Revision created by (change tracking)	Project	Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USER
10158	Revision date (change tracking)	Project	Revision date (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Time / Date	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DATE
10159	Revision time (change tracking)	Project	Time when a project was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 records allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_TIME
10160	Approved by	Project	Shows the editor who has checked the project. This property can be entered in the project properties.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDBY
10161	Approved date	Project	Shows date and time of checking the project. This property can be entered in the project properties.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE
10162	Checked by	Project		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDBY
10163	Checked date	Project		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE
10164	Revision: Temporary reference project	Project	Specifies whether it is a temporary reference project. (Temporary reference projects can be deleted at any time.)	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_REVISION_TEMP
10180	Customer code	Project		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CUSTOMIDENTIFICATION
10181	User	Project		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_IDENTIFICATION
10182	Workstation	Project		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_STATION
10184	Unique project ID	Project	Unique project ID, used in the project management.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_GUID
10185	License number of dongle	Project Page	The license number of the dongle used for the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_SERIALNUMBERDONGLE
10190	User code (change tracking)	Project Page Layout space	Shows the user code that was specified in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERCODE
10191	User name (change tracking)	Project Page Layout space	Shows the user name that was specified in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERNAME
10192	User: Phone number (change tracking)	Project Page Layout space	Shows the phone number that was specified in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERPHONE
10193	User: E-mail address (change tracking)	Project Page Layout space	Shows the e-mail address that was specified in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USEREMAIL
10195	Defined working section (from change tracking)	Project	The property is used in projects with revised defined working sections. Shows the defined working section that was completed in a revision, a maximum of 1,000 is possible. This allows you, for example, to view the revision status of the individual defined working sections in the project properties.	Revision	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA
10200	Number of pages per page type	Project	Provides the number of pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section).	Data	Integer	Yes, 100	Yes	PROJ_COUNTPERPAGETYPE
10230	Creator: Short name	Project	Short designation of the project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORID
10231	Creator: Title	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORTITLE
10232	Creator: Name 1	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORNAME1
10233	Creator: Name 2	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORNAME2
10234	Creator: Name 3	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORNAME3
10235	Creator: Street	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORSTREET
10236	Creator: P.O. box	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORPOBOX
10237	Creator: Zip code (City)	Project	City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORZIPCODE
10238	Creator: City	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORCITY
10239	Creator: Country	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORCOUNTRY
10240	Creator: Phone	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORTELEPHONE
10241	Creator: Fax	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORFAX
10242	Creator: E-mail	Project	The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATOREMAIL
10243	Creator: Zip code (P.O. box)	Project	Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORZIPCODEPOBOX
10244	Creator: State / Region	Project	State within a country. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORREGION
10245	Creator: Full name	Project	Full name of project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORLONGNAME
10246	Creator: Customer number	Project	Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORNUMBER
10247	Creator: Description	Project	This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part......, good credit, etc." and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management.	Revision	Multilingual text	No	No	PROJ_CREATORNOTE
10250	Last modification date per page type	Project	Provides the last modification date of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section).	Revision	Time / Date	Yes, 100	Yes	PROJ_DATEPERPAGETYPE
10251	Last modification time per page type	Project	Provides the last modification time of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). The time representation can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	PROJ_TIMEPERPAGETYPE
10300	Total no. of pages	Project	Indicates the total number of pages in a project.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROJ_PAGECOUNT
10301	Created pages	Project	Provides the number of manually generated pages in a project.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROJ_EDITEDPAGES
10302	Generated report pages	Project	Provides the number of (automatically generated) report pages in a project.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROJ_GENERATEDPAGES
10303	Project status	Project	Provides the information of the individual messaging areas in a tab-delimited character string.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_PROJECTSTATUS
10304	Number of layout spaces	Project		Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROJECT_INSTALLATIONSPACECOUNT
10310	Thermal design: Voltage	Project	Voltage for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	No	PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_VOLTAGE
10311	Thermal design: Frequency	Project	Frequency for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	No	PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_FREQUENCY
10312	Thermal design: Simultaneity factor	Project	Simultaneity factor for calculating the power dissipation. The simultaneity factor is an estimated value that takes into consideration the fact all the devices are never switched on simultaneously at full power in a plant.	Thermal design	Decimal number	No	No	PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR
10313	Thermal design: Total power dissipation for air-conditioning field	Project	Total power dissipation for air-conditioning fields, contains the calculation of the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_POWER_OF_ZONE
10370	Customer	Project	This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. If data has been backed up in EPLAN 5 and the project has been filed off, the name of the customer to whom the project was delivered is indicated here.	Archive data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROJ_CUSTOMER
10450	Start page name with document type	Project	Defines whether the document type is placed in front of the page name. This property is only descriptive; the actual setting is made via the project structures.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_ADDITIONALINFO_DOCUMENTSTRUCTUREINFRONT
10500	Source language	Project	Project setting for the source language.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROJ_SOURCELANGUAGE
10510	Data backup: Complete backup	Project	In the project management, shows whether the project has been completely or minimally backed up.	Archive data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_FULL
10511	Data backup: Back up external documents	Project	In the project management, shows whether external documents were also saved in the backup.	Archive data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_EXTDOCS
10512	Data backup: Back up image files	Project	In the project management, shows whether image files were also saved in the backup.	Archive data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_IMAGES
10513	Data backup: Reorganize project	Project	In the project management, shows whether the project was reorganized on backup.	Archive data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_COMPRESS
10514	Data backup: Method	Project	In the project management, shows the manner in which the project was backed up (back up/ filed off / archived).	Archive data	Integer	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_METHOD
10515	Data backup: Backup medium	Project	In the project management, shows the medium used to back up the project.	Archive data	Integer	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_MEDIUM
10516	Data backup: E-mail message split size in MB	Project	In the project management, shows the size of the parts used for an email backup of the project.	Archive data	Decimal number	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_SPLITSIZE
10517	Data backup: Backup directory	Project	In the project management, shows the directory used to back up the project.	Archive data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_BACKUPPATH
10518	Data backup: Description	Project	In the project management, shows the description of the last backup.	Archive data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_BACKUP_DESCRIPTION
10600	Block property: Format (general devices)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTION
10601	Block property: Format (terminal strip definition)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT
10602	Block property: Format (terminal)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL
10603	Block property: Format (plug definition)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT
10604	Block property: Format (pin)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLUG
10605	Block property: Format (PLC box)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLCBOX
10606	Block property: Format (PLC connection point)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 300	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL
10607	Block property: Format (cable / shield)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CABLE
10608	Block property: Format (connection)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTION
10609	Block property: Format (interruption point)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT
10610	Block property: Format (black box)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BLACKBOX
10611	Block property: Format (device connection point)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL
10612	Block property: Format (busbar)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BUSBAR
10613	Block property: Format (fluid device)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE
10614	Block property: Format (fluid connection splicer / line connector)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR
10615	Block property: Format (PCT loop)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLT
10616	Block property: Format (PCT loop function)	Project	Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLTFUNCTION
10617	Block property: Format (process engineering)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESS
10618	Block property: Format (page)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PAGE
10619	Block property: Format (mechanical)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_MECHANIC
10620	Format of displayed DT: General devices	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_FUNCTION
10621	Format of displayed DT: Terminal strip definition	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT
10622	Format of displayed DT: Terminal	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL
10623	Format of displayed DT: Plug definition	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT
10624	Format of displayed DT: Pin	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLUG
10625	Format of displayed DT: PLC box	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLCBOX
10626	Format of displayed DT: PLC connection point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL
10627	Format of displayed DT: Cable / shield	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE
10629	Format of displayed DT: Interruption point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT
10630	Format of displayed DT: Black box	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_BLACKBOX
10631	Format of displayed DT: Device connection point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL
10632	Format of displayed DT: Busbar	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_BUSBAR
10633	Format of displayed DT: Fluid device	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE
10634	Format of displayed DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR
10635	Format of displayed DT: Cable connection	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION
10640	Format of full DT: General devices	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FUNCTION
10641	Format of full DT: Terminal strip definition	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT
10642	Format of full DT: Terminal	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL
10643	Format of full DT: Plug definition	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT
10644	Format of full DT: Pin	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLUG
10645	Format of full DT: PLC box	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLCBOX
10646	Format of full DT: PLC connection point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL
10647	Format of full DT: Cable / shield	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE
10649	Format of full DT: Interruption point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT
10650	Format of full DT: Black box	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BLACKBOX
10651	Format of full DT: Device connection point	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL
10652	Format of full DT: Busbar	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BUSBAR
10653	Format of full DT: Fluid device	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE
10654	Format of full DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR
10655	Format of full DT: Cable connection	Project		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION
10660	Block property: Replacement text	Project	Using this project property, you can define up to 100 tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of block properties: When editing block properties you can use the dialog Format: Block property to select the table with the replacement texts to be used for a property. The values of the selected property are then compared to the texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT
10661	Block property: Format (pre-planning)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLAOBJECT
10662	Block property: Format (structure box)	Project	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX
10901	Supplementary field	Project	Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the project that can be specified using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PROJ_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
10902	Type of project	Project	Indicates the type of project, e.g. "Macro project".	Settings	Integer	No	Yes	PROJ_NUMERICTYPE
10950	AutomationML: Company	Project	This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_ENTERPRISE
10951	AutomationML: Works	Project	This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_SITE
10952	AutomationML: Building	Project	This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_AREA
10953	AutomationML: Plant	Project	This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_PRODUCTION_LINE
10954	AutomationML: Area	Project	This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_WORK_CELL
11000	Page name	Page	Consists of the page number, i.e. the page counter and subcounter.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_NAME
11001	Modification time (automatic)	Page	The time the page was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONTIME
11002	Creation time	Page	The time the page was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_CREATIONTIME
11003	Watermark (revision)	Page	Watermark text for version-controlled pages, stored as a project setting.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_REVISION_WATERMARK
11004	Number of pages per structure	Page	Indicates the number of pages within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available under the location designation "ET1", "3" is output here.	Special	Integer	No	Yes	PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_IN_LOCATION
11005	At least one object with revision marker (from property comparison)	Page	At least one object per page has a revision marker.	Revision	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_INSTANCE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER
11006	Automatically generated	Page	Shows whether the page has been automatically generated, and provides information about the author: 0 = No 1 = Single-line representation (PLC schematic generation) 2 = Multi-line representation (PLC schematic generation) 3 = I/O overview (PLC schematic generation) 4 = Rack overview (PLC schematic generation) 5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration 6 = Schematic generator (ESG) 7 = Report 8 = Pre-planning.	Settings	Integer	No	No	PAGE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO
11007	At least one object or page with revision marker (from property comparison)	Page	At least one object per page or the page itself has a revision marker.	Revision	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_INSTANCE_OR_PAGE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER
11008	Macro: Name	Page Macro box Layout space	File name of the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PAGE_MACRO_NAME
11009	Page name (full)	Page	Full page name; contains page names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_FULLNAME
11010	Page name (identifying)	Page	Identifying page name; contains page names and the identifying, but not describing identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_IDENTNAME
11011	Page description	Page	Descriptive text for the page, is displayed in (e.g.) the tree view of the page navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_NOMINATIOMN
11012	Page counter	Page	This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_COUNTER
11013	Page subcounter	Page	This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_SUBCOUNTER
11014	Macro: Description	Page Macro box Layout space	Description text for the macro.	Macro	Multilingual text	Yes, 100	No	PAGE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION
11015	Form name	Page	Name of the form used by the page. Selection is made from a list of available forms.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_FORMULAR
11016	Plot frame name	Page	Name of the plot frame used by the page. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_FORMPLOT
11017	Page type	Page	Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_TYPE
11018	Macro: Name	Layout space	File name of the 3D macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_NAME
11019	Macro: Description	Layout space	Description text for the 3D macro.	Macro	Multilingual text	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION
11020	Creator	Page	Here the sign-in name or the combination of the user code and user name of the creator of the page is displayed. Specify whether the sign-in name or user code and name is to be output in the user settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_CREATOR
11021	Creation date	Page	Date the page was created.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PAGE_CREATIONDATE
11022	Last editor: Sign-in name	Page	Sign-in name of the last person who edited the page.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_LASTMODIFICATOR
11023	Modification date (manual)	Page		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PAGE_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE
11024	Modification date (automatic)	Page		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE
11025	Macro: Version	Layout space	Version designation of the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VERSION
11026	Macro: Source / reference	Layout space		Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACROSOURCEREF
11029	Page type (ID)	Page	Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	PAGE_TYPE_NUMERIC
11030	Drawing number	Page		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_DRAWINGID
11031	Suppl. field: Page	Page		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_ADDITIONALPAGE
11032	Suppl. field: Group	Page		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_ADDITIONALGROUP
11033	Suppl. field: Sheet no.	Page	The sheet number is used in addition to the page name and can consist of any combination of numbers and letters. It must be unique within an identifier block (same function designation / location designation). A start number must be entered, e.g. M1 or LM010, so that the property can be automatically assigned in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_ADDITIONALSHEETNUMBER
11034	Macro: Source / reference	Page		Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_MACROSOURCEREF
11035	Keep parts at placement	Page	This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained. If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO
11036	Object identifier	Page	The object identifier is used for the identification of pages in accordance with DIN EN 61355-1. In doing so, the object identifier assigns a document (i.e. a project page) to a certain object (e.g. a function, a location, or a product).	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_OBJECTCODE
11037	Trade	Page	Determines the technology to be applied or selected. Depending on the page type, miscellaneous trades are available for a project page: 0 = Electrical engineering 1 = Mechanics 2 = Hydraulics 3 = Pneumatics 4 = Cooling 5 = Lubrication 6 = Process engineering 7 = Fluid power, general 99 = General. The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade.	Data	Integer	No	No	PAGE_CRAFT
11038	Structure identifier with separators stored in the object identifier	Page	The unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves for display purposes in the page navigator.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREWITHOUTPREFIX
11039	Part of the structure identifier without separators stored in the object identifier	Page	Supplies a part of the unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves to display in the page navigator.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREPARTWITHOUTPREFIX
11040	Next page	Page	Name / number of the page following the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers.	Special	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_NEXT
11041	Previous page	Page	Name / number of the page before the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers.	Special	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_PREV
11042	Page number	Page	Part of the page name. The page number consists of the page counter and the page's subcounter. Identifier blocks like function designation or location designation are not displayed.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_NUMBER
11043	Highest page number per structure	Page	Indicates the highest number of pages used within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available with the page numbers "1," "3" and "5" under the location designation "ET1", "5" is output here.	Special	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_MAXNUMBERLOCATION
11044	Scale (ratio)	Page	Shows the contents of the property Scale (ID 11048) as a property, for example "10 : 1" or "1 : 4". You can place this property as a special text on project pages.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_SCALE_RELATION
11045	Contains results in the search results list	Page	With the help of this property the pages contained in the search results list can be taken into consideration when pages are filtered.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	PAGE_HAS_RESULTS_IN_SEARCHLIST
11048	Scale	Page	Scale 1:x. A dimension definition can be added to every page, regardless of type. This is required when you are using dimensions or to correctly scale graphical macros when inserting them.	Settings	Decimal number	No	No	PAGE_SCALE
11049	Frozen report page	Page	Indicated whether a reporting page has been frozen. This type of page is no longer to be assigned to a reporting block and will no longer be updated.	Special	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	PAGE_FROZEN_EVALUATIONPAGE
11050	Automatic page modified	Page	Shows whether an automatically created page has been subsequently manually edited. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed.	Special	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_AUTOPAGECHANGED
11051	Grid	Page	Raster setting of the page.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	PAGE_SOLUTION
11056	Macro: Source project	Page	Project name of the project used to create the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_MACROSOURCEPROJECT
11057	Macro: Description	Page	Description text for the macro.	Macro	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_MACRODESCRIPTION
11058	External document	Page	External document that is integrated into the project via the page type "External document". In doing so, the external document is referenced by an entry in the page properties.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_EXTDOCUMENT
11059	Special remarks of creator	Page		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PAGE_ANNOTATION
11060	Change of standard: Do not rotate and flip	Page	Pages with this property are not rotated or flipped when changing standards. This property is activated by default for pages with type "Fluid power schematic".	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_DONT_CHANGESTANDARD
11062	Number of pages per property	Page	Indicates the number of pages with a specific property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the result is written to the "Page names per property" property.	Special	Integer	No	No	PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_WITH_PROPERTY
11063	Page names per property	Page	Shows the names of the pages with a specified property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to list the pages with the same value as this property, and the page names are written to the "Page names per property" property.	Special	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_PAGENAMES_WITH_PROPERTY
11064	Page counter per property	Page	With this property you can have the information displayed in the page properties or in a plot frame on the number of pages including the present one exist with a specific property (for example Page "4" with function designation "A31"). The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the counter is written to the "Page counter per property" property.	Special	Integer	No	No	PAGE_PAGENUMBER_WITH_PROPERTY
11066	Source	Page	Specifies the source used for generating the page. Symbol libraries, symbols, and symbol variants are entered from the symbol editor. The full file name is entered from the form editor and plot frame editor.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_SOURCE
11067	Report: Source project	Page	Specifies the project from which the data for the report is taken.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_SOURCE_PROJECT
11070	Revision created by (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_USER
11071	Revision index (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Text used to identify change. Existing values can be selected from a list. A max. of 1,000 is allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_NAME
11072	Revision description (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Revision description (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION
11073	Reason for revision change (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Reason for revision change (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed.	Revision	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE
11074	Revision date (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Date on which a change was carried out within a revision. A max. of 1,000 is allowed.	Revision	Time / Date	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DATE
11075	Associated project revision (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REV
11076	Page in draft mode	Page	As soon as you make changes to a page in a revision, it is marked as a "draft". This is shown visually with a watermark on the page, and the page is assigned this property. This mark is retained until you complete the page.	Revision	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT
11077	Associated revision name (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Outputs the name of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REVNAME
11078	Revision time (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Time when a page was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 is allowed.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_TIME
11079	Defined working section (from change tracking)	Page Layout space	The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the defined working section to which the page (or the layout space) belongs that was changed in a revision. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. You can, for example, use the property as a filter criterion in the page navigator in order to filter pages that were changed at a specific revision (e.g. Index 2).	Revision	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA
11080	Approved by	Page	Shows the editor who has checked the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDBY
11081	Approved date	Page	Shows date and time of checking the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE
11082	Checked by	Page		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDBY
11083	Checked date	Page		Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE
11084	Origin	Page	Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_SOURCE
11085	Replacement of	Page	Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_SUBSTITUTIONOF
11086	Replaced by	Page		Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_REVISION_REPLACEDBY
11087	Revision: Approved by (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Shows the editor who has checked the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog; it is not translatable. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1000 entries are possible.	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDBY
11088	Revision: Approved date (change tracking)	Page Layout space	Shows date and time of checking the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1,000 entries are possible.	Revision	Time / Date	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDDATE
11090	Block property	Page	Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	PAGE_BLOCK_VALUE
11091	Block property: Format	Page	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	PAGE_BLOCK_FORMAT
11901	Supplementary field	Page	Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the page that can be specified using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	PAGE_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
11910	Macro: Name	Page	File name of the page macro, if required with path specifications. Both relative as well as absolute directory paths are allowed.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_MACRO
11911	Macro: Version	Page	Version designation of the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	PAGE_MACRO_VERSION
12002	Row height	Plot frame	Height of the grid rows.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	No	FRAME_POSITIONSIZE
12003	Grid offset X	Plot frame	Grid offset in the X direction relative to the origin.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_X
12004	Grid offset Y	Plot frame	Grid offset in the Y direction relative to the origin.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_Y
12005	Number of columns	Plot frame	Number of grid columns.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_NUMBER_OF_ROWS
12006	Number of rows	Plot frame	Number of grid rows.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_NUMBER_OF_COLUMS
12007	Number of ladders	Plot frame	Specifies how many 'ladders' are shown on a page for JIC projects.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_NUMBER_OF_LADDERS
12009	Row numbering format	Plot frame	Format of the row numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_FORMAT_OF_NUMBERING_POSITION
12010	Alphabetical column / row distribution	Plot frame	Sequence of characters used for implementation of column and row numbers in strings. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal column designations.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FRAME_ROW_AND_POS_ALPHABETIC_ALLOCATION
12011	Column numbering format	Plot frame	Format of the column numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_FORMAT_OF_ROW_NUMBERS
12012	Asynchronous columns	Plot frame	Semi-colon delimited list of length values in EPLAN coordinates, defines the width of individual columns (starting at the left) for asynchronous plot frames.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FRAME_ASYNCHRON_ROWS
12013	Asynchronous rows	Plot frame	Semi-colon delimited list of length values in EPLAN coordinates, defines the width of individual rows (starting at the left) for asynchronous plot frames.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FRAME_ASYNCHRON_POS
12014	Show column designation on non-logical pages	Plot frame	Specifies whether the column designations for this plot frame should also be output on non-logic pages (non-schematic pages). By default, designations are suppressed on non-logical pages.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_ROW_DESC_OF_NON_LOGICAL_PAGES
12016	Page orientation / paper format	Plot frame	Plot frame orientation: 0 = Landscape format, 1 = Portrait format.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_PAGE_ORIENTATION
12025	Start value (column)	Plot frame Page	The column numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_PATH_STARTID
12026	Start value (row)	Plot frame Page	The row numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_POS_STARTID
12027	String for column designation	Page Plot frame	Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined column designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of columns and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed.	Settings	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FRAME_PATH_ALPHASET
12028	String for row designation	Plot frame Page	Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined row designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of rows and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed.	Settings	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FRAME_POS_ALPHASET
12029	Number of characters for column / row	Plot frame Page	Number of characters for column and row numbers for numerical representation; fills in the "missing" digits with zeros, such as column number "1" in the three-digit representation: "001".	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_PATHPOS_MINDIGITS
12030	Add page names	Plot frame	If this property is activated, the page name is added to the column designation (page name + column designation). Relevant for the NFPA standard.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_ADD_PAGENAME
12031	Continuous row / column designation	Plot frame	For ladder logic: The rows are incremented exactly like the columns, that is, each row designation only exists once per page.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_CONT_LADDER_DESCR
12032	String for alphanumeric	Plot frame	If an alphanumeric column and row numbering format is specified for a plot frame (ID 12009 or ID 12011), then you enter the value of the column or row designations here. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal designations.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FRAME_DEFAULT_ALPHASET
12033	Plot frame dimensions: X axis	Plot frame	Defines the X axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom.	Formats	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_AREA_X
12034	Plot frame dimensions: Y axis	Plot frame	Defines the Y axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom.	Formats	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_AREA_Y
12035	Inverse column numbering	Plot frame	This property sets column numbering from right to left, for projects that comply with the GOST standard.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_PATH_REVERSE_NUMBERING
12036	Inverse row numbering	Plot frame	This property sets row numbering from bottom to top, for projects that comply with the GOST standard.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_POS_REVERSE_NUMBERING
12050	DXF export: Name of block	Plot frame	Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FRAME_DXF_BLOCKNAME
12051	DXF export: Insertion point (X)	Plot frame	This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_DXF_INSERTXCOORD
12052	DXF export: Insertion point (Y)	Plot frame	This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_DXF_INSERTYCOORD
12059	Contact image margin (on component)	Plot frame Page	For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the clearance of the contact image to the insertion point of the component, in the X or Y direction, depending on the plot frame.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_MOTORSWITCH_OFFSET
12060	Contact image margin (in path)	Plot frame Page	For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the distance of the contact image to the bottom of the page or the relevant "Ladder" borders (depending on the plot frame used).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_OFFSET
12061	Contact image offset	Plot frame Page	For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the offset of the contact image relative to the placement.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_POSTPONEMENT
12062	Property arrangement: Automatic Y coordinate (path)	Plot frame Page	Specifies the value for the Y-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property Y coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_AUTOY_OFFSET
12063	Property arrangement: Automatic X coordinate (path)	Plot frame Page	Specifies the value for the X-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property X coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FRAME_AUTOX_OFFSET
12099	Number of messages	Plot frame	Shows the total number of all messages during the data transfer of plot frames.	Messages	Integer	No	No	FRAME_ERRORCOUNT
12100	Error: Graphic	Plot frame	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FRAME_GRAPHICERROR
12101	Error: Property placement	Plot frame	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FRAME_PLACEDPROPERROR
12102	Column width	Plot frame	Width of grid columns. A max. of 1,000 is allowed.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	No	FRAME_PATHSIZE
12103	Reporting direction	Plot frame	Indicates the reporting direction for a plot frame: 0 = Vertical, 1 = Horizontal. For projects according to IEC standards, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; for projects according to the NFPA standards, it is usually horizontal. For projects according to the GOST standard, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; a column numbered from right to left and a row numbered from the bottom to top can also be set via the properties "Inverse column numbering" (ID 12035) and "Inverse row numbering" (ID 12036).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FRAME_EVALUATION_DIRECTION
12104	DT adoption: Search direction conforming to GOST standard	Plot frame	This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed to suit the GOST standard. If this property is activated, then in plot frames with a "Vertical" report generation direction, the DT is searched for towards the right and with a "Horizontal" report generation direction the DT is searched for downwards.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_FOR_GOST
12105	DT adoption: Only from boxes	Plot frame	This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed. If this property is activated, the DT is only adopted from the box surrounding the function (black box, PLC box) on the corresponding project pages. If the function is not located in a box, no DT can be adopted.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_BOXESONLY
12200	Error (import)	Plot frame	Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FRAME_IMPORTERROR
13000	Form type	Form	Defines the form type, i.e., whether it is a form for a device tag list, terminal diagram, etc.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_TYPE
13001	Plot frame to edit form	Form	The plot frame that is used for editing the form. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_FRAME
13002	Form handling	Form	Defines the form as being static or dynamic: 0 = static, 1 = dynamic.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_BEHAVIOUR_STATIC_DYN
13003	Regenerate header after change	Form	In this form property, you define the properties that cause a new data header area to be generated on the report page when they change.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE
13004	No. of columns	Form	Maximum number of columns to be generated on a page.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_COL_SIZE
13005	No. of rows	Form	Maximum number of rows to be generated on a page.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_ROW_SIZE
13006	Column width	Form	Width of the individual columns on a form.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_COL_WIDTH
13007	Row height	Form	Height of the individual rows on a form.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_ROW_HEIGHT
13008	Form orientation	Form	Sequence in which rows and columns are to be filled out: 0 = By row or 1 = By column. "By row" means that all the cells of a row are populated first before switching to the next row. In this case, jumpers are displayed vertically. "By column" means that all cells of a column are populated first before switching to the next column. In this case, jumpers are displayed horizontally.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_BEHAVIOUR_ROW_COL
13009	Dynamic line adjustment	Form	If indirect properties are indexed with 0, then the values for all (meaningful) indices are printed together. This is generally done using one-row lists separated by semicolons. In forms, however, you can output these values as separate elements (rows/columns). Example: Indirect target.Name(0) results in M1;M2;X1:2. If dynamic row adjustment is activated, then these four target names are printed under each other.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_DYN_ROW_ALIGN
13010	Jumpers: Height of first level	Form	Height of a first level jumper in the terminal diagram.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_FIRST_LEV_HEIGHT
13011	Connections	Form	Used in forms for representing the terminal diagram. The assignment of a connection to two connection points is thus shown as a three-tuple (an ordered quantity of assignments); multiple connection assignments are each separated by a "pipe" character. Example: For the current cable, the entry "1;2:red\|2;3;\|;3;4;blue" means: The red conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 1 with Connection point 2. The second conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 2 with Connection point 3. The blue conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 3 with Connection point 4.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_CABLE_ASSIGNMENT_CONNECTED_TERMINALS
13012	Jumpers: Spacing	Form	Clearance between two jumpers at neighboring levels.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_DISTANCE
13013	Jumpers: Radius of connecting points	Form	Nodes of jumpers are graphically shown in the terminal diagram with a small filled circle. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates). (Start and end "legs" don't have dots.)	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_CP_RADIUS
13014	Jumpers: Radius for nodes	Form	If jumpers are shown graphically in the terminal diagram, then a small filled circle is set on the base line on each leg of the jumper. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_NODE_RADIUS
13015	Jumpers: Height of internal wire jumper / insertable jumper	Form	Height of an internal wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_HEIGHT
13016	Jumpers: Height of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper	Form	Height of an external wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_HEIGHT
13017	Jumpers: Spacing of internal wire jumper/ insertable jumper	Form	Clearance between two internal wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_DISTANCE
13018	Jumpers: Spacing of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper	Form	Clearance between two external wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_DISTANCE
13019	Format for automatic page description	Form	Format for automatically assigned page descriptions in the generation of reporting lists.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_PAGE_DESC_AUTOFORMAT
13020	Assignment: Index to graphic	Form	A fixed graphic can be inserted in connection diagrams or other forms using the "Graphic" placeholder. The configuration property exists for the placeholder to allow the graphic to be exchanged with any other graphic. Here you assign an index value to the graphic. The graphic is then selected in the "Graphic" placeholder by specifying the index value.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_RELATION_INDEX_GRAPHIC
13021	Assignment: Function definition to graphic	Form	Assignment of a function definition to a symbol variant. Used when generating a page in order to create a fixed symbol graphic.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_RELATION_FUNC_DEF_GRAPHIC
13026	Assignment: Property / value to graphic	Form Plot frame	Assignment of a property and / or a value to a symbol variant. This property contains the assignment table assigning a graphic to the property and / or the value. A max. of 10 assignments allowed.	Settings	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FORM_BEHAVIOUR_PROPERTY_VAL_GRAPHIC
13027	Jumper display	Form	Graphical display of jumpers: 0 = Line or 1 = Angle.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_BEHAVIOUR_LINE_ANGLE
13028	Jumpers: Line thickness	Form	Line thickness used for displaying jumpers.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_LINE_WIDTH
13029	Jumpers: Number of levels	Form	Number of all jumper levels.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_JUMPER_COUNT_LAYERS
13030	Cable chart: No. of cables A	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_A
13031	Cable chart: Spacing for data area A	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_A
13032	Cable chart: No. of cables B	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_B
13033	Cable chart: Spacing for data area B	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_B
13034	Cable chart: No. of cables C	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_C
13035	Cable chart: Spacing for data area C	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_C
13036	Cable chart: No. of cables D	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_D
13037	Cable chart: Spacing for data area D	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_D
13038	Cable chart: No. of cables (internal)	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_INT
13039	Cable chart: Spacing for data area, internal	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_INT
13040	Cable chart: No. of cables (external)	Form	Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for external terminal connection points).	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CABLE_COUNT_EXT
13041	Cable chart: Spacing for data area, external	Form	Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for external terminal connection points).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_EXT
13042	Horizontal symbol distance	Form	Distance to be displayed between neighboring symbols.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_DISTANCE
13043	Number of adjacent symbols	Form	Number of neighboring symbols to be displayed.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_COUNT
13044	Graphic for saddle, insertable and wire jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. Saddle jumpers, insertable jumpers and wire jumpers are represented by the same graphic. If these jumpers be represented by different graphics, the properties for separate jumper graphics must be used instead, e.g. "Graphic for internal wire jumpers" (ID 13045), "Graphic for external wire jumpers" (ID 13046), "Graphic for saddle jumpers" (ID 13047), etc.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_ALL
13045	Graphic for internal wire jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_INTERNAL
13046	Graphic for external wire jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_EXTERNAL
13047	Graphic for saddle jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE
13048	Connection graphic	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_CONNECTION
13049	Symbol graphic	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBOL
13050	Component graphic	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBREF
13051	Graphic for wire jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE
13052	Combine multi-level terminals	Form	Specifies whether multi-level terminals are displayed next to each other or under each other; useful for terminal line-up diagrams.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_COMBINE_MULTI_LEVEL_TERMINAL
13053	Structure identifier overview	Form	Selection of structure identifiers to be displayed in the form: 0 = All structure identifiers 1 = Structure identifiers of the pages 2 = Structure identifiers used.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_STRUCTIDENTIFIEROVERVIEW_TYPE
13054	Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets	Form	If this property is activated in a form for a device connection diagram, then external and internal targets are output together as internal targets.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_ALL_TARGETS_AS_INTERN
13055	Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports	Form	Specifies whether the "Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports" property is used or not.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_FRAME_USEINREPORTS
13056	Form for subsequent pages	Form	Shows the form for the following page, which can also have its own plot frame. The form for the following page is used with its plot frame as of the second page of a reporting block. If another next page form has been entered for the next page form, this is not taken into account when generating reports. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_NEXTPAGEFORM
13057	Result from value set	Form	Shows the indexed content of the value set. For each value set, all possible assignments to the function properties are reported. (That is, all possible values that take on the property of the function through an assignment of the value set are reported.)	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	FORM_PLACEHOLDER_RESULT
13058	Placeholder format	Form	Shows all variable assignments that are entered in the placeholder object (i.e. entries from the "Variable" column on the "Assignment" tab of the "Placeholder object" dialog).	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_PLACEHOLDER_FORMAT
13059	Separator for multiple values	Form	If several values are output in a text, then the character entered here is used as a separator. (A character string or a line break can also be entered as a separator.) If the property remains empty then a semicolon is used as a separator. Example: A1;A3;A6.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_MULTIRESULT_SEPARATOR
13060	Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties	Form	This property specifies whether and which sorting properties are to be used when generating a new data header area: 0 = No new data header area, 1 = First sorting property is used for a new data header area, 2 = First and second sorting properties will be used for a new data header area, 3 = First, second, and third sorting properties will be used for a new data header area etc.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE_WITH_SORTPROPS
13061	Graphic for jumpers: Female pin end	Form	Placeholder for generating graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_JACKSIDE
13062	Graphic for jumpers: Male pin end	Form	Placeholder for generating graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_PINSIDE
13063	Consecutive number	Form	Can be used in the data area and in the data header area of reports that are output in list form (for example parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. The property can also be used at a manufacturing data export.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_LINE_COUNTER
13064	Manufacturer / supplier list	Form	Monitors the report action of the manufacturer/supplier list: 0 = Manufacturers and suppliers, 1 = Only manufacturers, 2 = Only suppliers.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_MANUFACTURERLIST_TYPE
13065	Graphic for internal saddle jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_INTERNAL
13066	Graphic for external saddle jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_EXTERNAL
13067	Cable chart: Spacing for header A	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position A).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_A
13068	Cable chart: Spacing for header B	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position B).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_B
13069	Cable chart: Spacing for header C	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position C).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_C
13070	Cable chart: Spacing for header D	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position D).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_D
13071	Cable chart: Spacing for header, internal	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for internal terminal connections).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_INT
13072	Cable chart: Spacing for header, external	Form	Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for external terminal connections).	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_EXT
13073	Graphic for insertable jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION
13074	Graphic for internal insertable jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_INTERNAL
13075	Graphic for external insertable jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_EXTERNAL
13076	Cable chart: Header perpendicular to data area	Form	If this property is activated, the header of the cable chart is displayed across the data area. If it is not activated, the header has the same setup as the data area.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CABLETABLEHEAD_ATHWART_TO_CABLETABLEDATA
13077	Connection diagram: Number of steps, internal	Form	For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying internal targets.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPCOUNT
13078	Connection diagram: Interval between steps, internal	Form	For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying internal targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPOFFSET
13079	Connection diagram: Number of steps, external	Form	For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying external targets.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPCOUNT
13080	Connection diagram: Interval between steps, external	Form	For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying external targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPOFFSET
13081	Suppress data lines	Form	There can be blank data rows in reports when the output properties are blank. Blank data lines are not output if this property is selected.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_SUPPRESS_EMPTY_LINES
13082	Separator for combined values	Form	When several values with numbers are entered at the end of a text, the character (or character sequence) entered here is used as a separator. If the property remains blank, the character sequence "..." is used as a separator. Example: A1...A5 or A1-A5.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_SUMUP_SEPARATOR
13083	Reuse header for new column	Form	The header is repeated by default for every device when reporting dynamic forms. If this property is activated, the header is also repeated in each new column of the report.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_HEADER_IN_EACH_COLUMN
13084	Connection diagram: Display all targets	Form	If this property is activated, all targets will be output up to the first level in the connection diagram. For all other levels, only the first targets are output. In the connection diagram, the targets are placed in a row and are only entered when the connection points belong to the same device and are next to each other in the graphic. In case of several targets, the connection graphic is represented as an oblique line. If the property is deactivated, always the first target will be output.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ALLDESTINATIONS
13085	Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points at targets	Form	This property stands for device, terminal, cable as well as pin-connection diagrams. If it is activated, only the connected connection points of the displayed targets are output. This helps to save space in the connection diagrams. This property only relates to targets and does not affect the devices, cables, terminal strips, or plugs to be evaluated. These functions are also listed in the connection diagrams. Only the connected function connection points are output at the terminal strip, e.g. in a terminal connection diagram for a motor which is the target of a terminal strip.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ONLYCONNECTEDCP
13086	Connection diagram: Internal targets in table form	Form	If this form property is enabled, the properties of the internal targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page. If the property is not enabled, the grouped internal targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_INT
13087	Connection diagram: External targets in table form	Form	If this form property is enabled, the properties of the external targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page. If the property is not enabled, the grouped external targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_EXT
13088	Revision output with deleted pages	Form	If this form property is enabled, deleted pages are output in the revision overview. The option "Pages" must also be selected for the "Revision output type" property (ID 13106). Deleted pages are not output when the property is not enabled.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE_DELETEDPAGES
13089	Number of combined records	Form	This property can be used together with the "Combine in a line by" (ID 13111) property and indicates the number of objects that have been combined in a line.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	FORM_SUMOBJECTSCOUNT
13090	Connection diagram: Do not divide targets	Form	If this property is activated, targets in connection point diagrams are always represented completely on a report page, rather than distributed on several report pages. Terminal strips and plugs are always separated regardless of this setting, if necessary, and the separation is drawn with a dotted line.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_NOBREAKBLOCKSONPAGE
13091	Number of targets at target connection point	Form	This property can be used in terminal diagrams to identify connections that originate from a terminal and connect, from a terminal target, other targets. The value contains the number of the targets identified at the target connection point. In this context, only wire targets are considered, but no jumper targets.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	FORM_NUMBER_OF_DESTINATION
13092	Consecutive number (header)	Form	Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts again with "1" when the header changes. The criterion that triggers a change in the header is defined by you in the properties "Regenerate header after change" (ID 13003) or "Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties" (ID 13060).	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_LINE_COUNTER_CAPTION
13093	Consecutive number (page)	Form	Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts on each new page again with "1".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_LINE_COUNTER_PAGE
13094	Graphic for internal switching jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_INTERNAL
13095	Graphic for external switching jumpers	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_EXTERNAL
13096	Jumpers: Suppress graphic for fin options	Form		Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_SUPPRESS_SADDLE_JUMPER_POSSIBILITY
13099	Number of messages	Form	Total of all messages during the data transfer of forms.	Messages	Integer	No	No	FORM_ERRORCOUNT
13100	Error: Graphic	Form	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FORM_GRAPHICERROR
13101	Error: Property placement	Form	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FORM_PLACEDPROPERROR
13102	Adapt row height dynamically	Form	Adjusts the row height in dynamic forms. If a cell contains longer text that causes a line break, then only this row automatically becomes higher.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_ADAPT_LINEHEIGHT
13103	Use new column for each device	Form	In dynamically summarized reports, a new device (e.g. terminal strip or plug) begins in a new column.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_NEWDEVICE_IN_NEWCOLUMN
13104	Display alignable accessories	Form	Enables/disables the display of accessories that can be aligned in reports.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_VIEW_ACCESSORIES
13105	No line feed in data header area	Form	Controls the position of the data header area in forms. If the property is activated then the data header area is output with the next data row. If the property is deactivated then the data header area is output in its own row.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CAPTION_IN_DATALINE
13106	Revision output type	Form	This form property shows which revision data are output in the revision overview: Pages: The revision data relevant to the page and the project are output. Project: Only the revision data relevant to the project are output.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE
13107	Cable graphic	Form	Placeholder for generated graphics in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FORM_GRAPHIC_CABLELINE
13108	Replace variable values with text	Form	This property is only available in summarized parts lists. If it is activated, then a text - not a value - from the project settings will be output for the corresponding property in functions that have a variable defined in the placeholder object.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_REPLACE_VAR_VALUES
13109	Symbol variant	Form	Specifies which symbol variant is displayed for output in the form for symbols that are represented by the "Symbol graphic" property.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FORM_SYMBOL_VARIANT
13110	Reuse data header area for new column	Form	The data header area is repeated by default for every function for reporting dynamic forms. If this property is enabled, the data header area is also repeated in every new column of the report.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CAPTION_IN_EACH_COLUMN
13111	Combine in a line by	Form	You specify the form properties for which identical data are to be entered in a row. For instance, you can combine the data for each page type in the table of contents. A semi-colon and the character sequence "..." are used as separators by default for entered values. However, you can also specify other separators via the properties "Separator for multiple values" and "Separator for combined values".	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FORM_SUMMARIZE_PROPERTIES
13112	Align graphics to insertion point (without alignment box)	Form	The property can be used in forms and does affect all placeholders for graphics for which the alignment box has not been activated. The handle is set at the insertion point of the placeholder text for the symbols and macros inserted via this type of placeholder.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_USE_PHT_INSERTIONPOINT
13113	Connection point-specific output	Form	If this property is activated, a row is generated in terminal diagrams and terminal connection diagrams for each pair of connection points. Terminals with more than two connection points are automatically split across multiple rows. In addition, terminal connection points that are not connected are output. In addition, jumpers between an internal and an external connection point are not evaluated and displayed as jumpers.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_TERMCON_ORIENTED
13114	Output only used symbols	Form	If this property is activated, only the symbols actually used in the project will be output in the symbol overview. If the property is deactivated, all symbols of the symbol libraries stored in the project will be output.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_USED_SYMBOLS_ONLY
13115	Alphanumeric sorting for internal connection points	Form	This form property is intended for use in table device connection diagrams in order to output the connection points there in an alphanumeric, collated, manner. For all connection points to be output internally and collated jointly, you must also activate the "Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets" (ID 13054) property. You cannot collate only external connection points. In the case of alphanumeric collating, however, the logical association of the connection points is not always visible in the report. This sorting is first realized according to the "Plug designation (automatic)" (ID 20431) property, and then according to the connection point designation.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_SORT_INTERNAL_CP
13116	Properties formatted: Replacement text	Form	Using this form property, you can define up to ten tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of these properties when generating reports of forms that contain placeholder texts with formatted properties: When editing placeholder texts, you can select the table of replacement texts to be used for a property in the dialog Format: Block property. The values of the selected property are then compared to texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly. When creating reports of forms, priority is given to the tables defined in this form property. If the selected table is not defined in the form property, the table of the same name will instead be used from the "Block property: Replacement text" (ID 10660) project property.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FORM_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT
13117	Connection diagram: Target tracking across all devices	Form	If this property is activated, the target tracking in connection point diagrams will be continued via any devices. For the search for further targets, the Target tracking (PLC) to property is used in the connection point logic of the devices. In addition, the Connection point diagram: Output only connected connection points (ID 13085) property is evaluated as activated. The last external and internal target is in each case the first device found for which no connection points have been specified for the transfer in the Target tracking (PLC) to property.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TARGET_TRACKING_ALL
13118	Apply abbreviation rules to all structure properties	Form		Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_REDUCE_STRUCTUREPROPS
13119	Output all subordinate segments	Form	When this form property is activated, all the subordinate segments are also determined and output for each segment in the data area of a report of the type "Structure segment plan" or "Planning object plan".	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_SUBOBJECTS_RECURSIVE
13120	Suppress property placements	Form	This property is only available for forms of the "Symbol overview" type. If the property is activated, only the symbol graphics are output in the symbol overview, but not the properties displayed by default at the symbol.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_SUPRESS_PROPERTYINSTANCES
13121	Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points	Form	This property is only available for device connection diagrams. if it is activated, only the connected connection points of the reported device are displayed.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FORM_MAINEVALUATIONOBJECT_ONLYCONNECTEDCP
13200	Error (import)	Form	Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	FORM_IMPORTERROR
14020	Creator	Form (base object)	Author of the form, plot frame or outline.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMGDOC_CREATOR
14021	Creation date	Form (base object)	Creation date of the form, plot frame or outline.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	DMGDOC_CREATIONDATE
14022	Last editor: Sign-in name	Form (base object)	User code of the last editor of the form, plot frame or outline.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATOR
14023	Modification date (automatic)	Form (base object)	Date of the last change to the form, plot frame or outline.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE
14100	Outline type / form type	Outline definition	Defines the type of the outline or of the form. Possible values: Outline extrusion, Outline NC record generation, Form (copper).	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONTOURDEFINITION_TYPE
14101	Outline: Variant	Outline definition		Data	Integer	No	No	CONTOURDEFINITION_VARIANT
15000	Symbol library	Symbol library Symbol	Name of the symbol library, determined from the database name.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMBLIB_NAME
15011	Symbol library description	Symbol library		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_DESC
15012	Version	Symbol library	Version of the symbol library.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_VERSION
15013	Grid	Symbol library	Logical grid size of the symbol library.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	SYMBLIB_LOGICGRID
15015	Number of symbols	Symbol library	Number of symbols in a symbol library.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	SYMBLIB_SYMBOLCOUNT
15016	Number of locked symbols	Symbol library	Number of locked symbols in a symbol library.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	SYMBLIB_LOCKEDSYMBOLCOUNT
15017	Number of symbol variants	Symbol library	Number of symbol variants in a symbol library.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	SYMBLIB_VARIANTCOUNT
15019	Company code	Symbol library	Short designation of the company that created this symbol library.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_COMPANY
15020	Creator	Symbol library	Creator of the symbol library.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_CREATOR
15021	Creation date	Symbol library	Creation date of the symbol library.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	SYMBLIB_CREATIONDATE
15022	Last editor: Sign-in name	Symbol library	User code of the last person to edit the symbol library.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR
15023	Modification date (automatic)	Symbol library	Date of last change to the symbol library.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE
15024	Modification date (manual)	Symbol library	Manually entered date of last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_MANUALDATE
15030	Plot frame to edit symbol	Symbol library	The plot frame which is used for editing the symbol. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_FRAME
15031	Compressed symbol library	Symbol library	This property is assigned to a symbol library if one or more symbol variants were deleted from the symbol library during compression. In a comparison with the complete symbol library, however, the compressed symbol library is still considered equal in the system master data.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	SYMBOLLIBRARY_REMOVED_VARIANT
15098	Name of original symbol library	Symbol library	This property is used internally. It contains the name of the original symbol library if the symbol library has been converted. It is possible check whether the symbol library is compatible with an "old" EPLAN 5 symbol library.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMBLIB_OLDNAME
15099	Number of messages	Symbol library	Total of all messages during the data transfer of symbol libraries.	Messages	Integer	No	No	SYMBLIB_ERRORCOUNT
15100	Error: Function definition	Symbol library	Indicates whether a function definition was missing during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_FUNCDEFERROR
15101	Error: Connection point	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection points during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_CONNECTIONERROR
15102	Error: Symbol variant	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol variants during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_VARIANTERROR
15103	Error: Representation type	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any representation type during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_FUNCTYPEERROR
15104	Error: Connection point logic	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection point logic during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_LOGICERROR
15105	Error: Symbol graphic	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol graphics during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_GRAPHICERROR
15106	Error: Property placement	Symbol library	Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_PLACEDPROPERROR
15200	Error (import)	Symbol library	Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the function definition assignment dialog. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_IMPORTERROR
15201	Error (symbol editor)	Symbol library	Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the symbol editor. Max. of 1,024 are recorded.	Messages	Monolingual text	Yes, 1024	No	SYMBLIB_ERRORSYMBOLED
15500	Function definition library	Function definition library	Name of the function definition library.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FCTDEFLIB_NAME
15501	Modification date	Function definition library	Date of last changes to the function definition library. Since function definition libraries cannot be subsequently changed, only generated, this also reflects the creation date.	No category	Time / Date	No	No	FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE
15502	Version information of function definition library	Function definition library		No category	Monolingual text	No	No	FCTDEFLIB_VERSION
15503	Creator	Function definition library	Creator of the function definition library.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	FCTDEFLIB_CREATOR
15504	Creation date	Function definition library	Creation date of the function definition library.	No category	Time / Date	No	No	FCTDEFLIB_CREATIONDATE
15505	Last editor: Sign-in name	Function definition library	User code of the last person to edit the function definition library.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR
15901	Supplementary field	Symbol library	Max. 1,000 supplementary fields for the symbol library that can be specified using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	SYMBLIB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
16000	Name	Symbol	Identifying designation of the symbol, i.e. the identifier letter according to a standard.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMB_NAME
16001	Connection point number	Symbol	Internal connection point number. Either a consecutive number or a "n" (for a variable connection number) or a "z" (for the last connection point with a variable connection number).	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	SYMB_CONNECTIONNUMBER
16002	Number	Symbol	Symbol number, indicates the position of the symbol in the symbol library.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	SYMB_NR
16003	Default variant	Symbol	The symbol variant with which the symbol is placed as standard.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_VARIANT
16004	Default property arrangement for variant A	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_A
16005	Default property arrangement for variant B	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_B
16006	Default property arrangement for variant C	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_C
16007	Default property arrangement for variant D	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_D
16008	Default property arrangement for variant E	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_E
16009	Default property arrangement for variant F	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_F
16010	Target tracking	Symbol	The logic model is stored for "virtual" functions, such as T-nodes and corner nodes. Target tracking determines the direction of the "paths" from one device to another for automatic reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_LOGICMODEL
16011	Symbol description	Symbol		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	SYMB_DESC
16012	Prevent new placement	Symbol	Prevents the symbol being used in new schematics. If this property is activated, then the symbol is no longer shown in the project symbol selection, i.e. it can no longer be newly inserted. The symbol can still be edited in the master data.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	SYMB_PREVENTPLACEMENT
16013	Supplementary field	Symbol	Max. 99 supplementary fields for the symbol that can be specified using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 99	No	SYMB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
16014	Default property arrangement for variant G	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_G
16015	Default property arrangement for variant H	Symbol	When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_H
16016	PCT type	Symbol PCT loop Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The PCT type defines which symbol is placed in the P&I diagram for the PCT loop / PCT loop function.	Data	Integer	No	No	SYMB_PLTTYPE
16017	Trade (function definition)	Symbol	Shows the trade specified in the function definition.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	SYMB_CRAFT
16018	Main function	Symbol		Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_MAINFUNCTION
16019	Intrinsically safe	Symbol	Shows whether an intrinsically safe function is generated when using the symbol: 0 = Not defined (the "Intrinsically safe" property is not observed when placing and replacing a symbol). 1 =Yes (an intrinsically safe function is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol). 2 = No (a function that is not intrinsically safe is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol). The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_INTRINSICALLYSAFE
16020	Creator	Symbol	Creator of the symbol.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_CREATOR
16021	Creation date	Symbol	Creation date of the symbol.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	SYMB_CREATIONDATE
16022	Last editor: Sign-in name	Symbol	User code of the last person to edit the symbol.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_LASTMODIFICATOR
16023	Modification date (automatic)	Symbol	Date of last changes to the symbol.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	SYMB_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE
16024	Modification note	Symbol	Modification note for changes to a symbol.	Revision	Multilingual text	No	No	SYMB_MODIFICATIONCOMMENT
16025	Modification date (manual)	Symbol	Manually entered change date of the symbol.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE
16026	Version	Symbol	Manually defined version number of the symbol.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_VERSION
16027	Symbol representation type (encoded)	Symbol	Shows in coded form the representation type of the symbol: 1 = Multi-line 2 = Single-line 38 = P&I diagram -2 = Pair cross-reference 3 = Overview -3 = External 5 = Graphic 8 = Panel layout -6 = Detailed panel layout.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE
16028	Symbol representation type	Symbol	Shows the representation type of the symbol, e.g. "Multi-line" or "Overview".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE_NAME
16030	Use first variant of connection definition point symbol	Symbol	The corresponding variants are normally always used when placing cable symbols and their relevant connection definition point symbols. If this property is enabled, the first variant of the connection definition point symbol is always used when placing or moving the cable symbol.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	SYMB_CABLE_RELATED_VDP_SYMBOL_ID_USE_1ST_VARIANT_ONLY
16031	Symbol variant assignment (internal)	Symbol	This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. The assignment of the variants for data transfer is stored here.	No category	Integer	Yes, 4	No	SYMB_IMPORTEDVARIANTMAPPING
16032	Symbol for contact image of motor overload switch	Symbol		Symbol data	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_MOTOR_CONTACT_IMAGE
16033	Default property arrangement for variant A (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_A
16034	Default property arrangement for variant B (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_B
16035	Default property arrangement for variant C (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_C
16036	Default property arrangement for variant D (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_D
16037	Default property arrangement for variant E (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_E
16038	Default property arrangement for variant F (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_F
16039	Default property arrangement for variant G (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_G
16040	DXF export: Name of block	Symbol	Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	SYMB_DXF_BLOCKNAME
16041	Default property arrangement for variant H (alternative)	Symbol	Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled.	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_H
16042	With signal isolation	Symbol	Shows whether a function with signal isolation is generated when using the symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible: 0 = Not defined (The property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol.) 1 = Yes (A function with signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.) 2 = No (A function without signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.)	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_POTENTIALSEPARATED
16043	Net-connecting	Symbol	Shows whether a net-connecting function is created when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible: 0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol). 1 = Yes (a net-connecting function is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). 2 = No (a function that does not connect nets is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).	Data	Integer	No	No	SYMB_NETCONNECTING
16044	Safety function	Symbol	Shows whether a function that is relevant to safety is generated when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible: 0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol). 1 = Yes (a function that is relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). 2 = No (a function that is not relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).	Settings	Integer	No	No	SYMB_SAFETYRELEVANT
16045	Transformation point	Symbol	The transformation point is used as the base point for rotation and flipping. Each symbol variant can have its own transformation point; symbol variants are distinguished via the index. The transformation point is entered as a coordinate in mm, e.g., "2.0/2.0". The entry refers to the insertion point of the respective symbol variant. If a transformation point has not been defined for a symbol variant, the first connection point of the symbol will be used as a base point.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 16	No	SYMBOL_TRANSFORMATION_POINT
16050	Property arrangements	Symbol	Contains multi-language designations for user-defined sets of properties (max. 64).	No category	Multilingual text	Yes, 64	No	SYMB_PROPERTYINSTANCESET
16901	Variant name	Symbol variant	Name of the symbol variant.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_NAME
16902	Number of connecting points	Symbol variant		No category	Integer	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_CONPOINTSCOUNT
16903	Symbol name	Symbol variant	Identifying designation of the symbol, i.e. the identifier letter according to a standard.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_SYMB_NAME
16904	Symbol number	Symbol variant	Symbol number, indicates the position of the symbol in the symbol library.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_SYMB_NR
16905	Symbol library	Symbol variant	Name of the symbol library, determined from the database name.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_SYMBLIB_NAME
16906	Symbol description	Symbol variant		No category	Multilingual text	No	Yes	SYMBVAR_SYMB_DESC
18000	Name (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper))	Form (base object)	Name of the form, plot frame, outline or form.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FORMBASE_NAME
18011	Description (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper))	Form (base object)	Description of the form, plot frame, outline or form.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FORMBASE_DESC
18021	Company code	Form (base object)	Short designation of the company who has generated this form, plot frame or outline.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FORMBASE_COMPANY
18031	Modification date (manual)	Form (base object)	Manually entered date of last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	FORMBASE_MANUALDATE
18041	Supplementary field	Form (base object)	Max. 99 supplementary fields for the form / plot frame that can be specified using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 99	No	FORMBASE_ADDITION
18051	Version	Form (base object)	Manually entered version number of the form, plot frame or outline.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	FORMBASE_VERSION
18061	Grid	Form (base object)	Logical grid spacing of the form, plot frame or outline.	Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FORMBASE_LOGICGRID
19002	X coordinate	Reference (base object) Placement on layer		General	Decimal number	No	Yes	INSTANCE_XCOORD
19003	Y coordinate	Reference (base object) Placement on layer		General	Decimal number	No	Yes	INSTANCE_YCOORD
19005	Column number	Placement on layer Reference (base object) Part reference	Provides the column number where the placement is currently located.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_PATHID
19006	Row number	Placement on layer Reference (base object) Part reference	Provides the row number where the placement is currently located.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_POSID
19007	Placement	Placement on layer Reference (base object) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Connection	Provides the full placement consisting of page, internal column and internal row (these do not reflect the column and row numbers). For functions and interruption points, the own cross-reference is output.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_FULLPLACEMENTLOCATION
19008	User-defined property arrangement: Name	Reference (base object) Model view	Internal property for the user-defined property arrangement specified on the component.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_USER_DEFINED_PROPERTYSET
19010	Color	Placement on layer		Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_COLOR
19011	Line type	Graphical element		Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_LINESTYLE
19015	Font			Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_FONT
19016	Alignment			Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_DIRECTION
19017	Font size	Symbol library		Formats	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	INSTANCE_SIZE
19019	Layer	Placement on layer		Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_LAYER
19020	Page type	Reference (base object) Placement on layer		General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_PAGETYPE
19021	Representation type / report type	Reference (base object) Connection Part reference	The representation type is displayed for component and part placements, e.g. "Multi-line". The report type is displayed here for reports, e.g. "Enclosure legend".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_TYPE
19022	Page name	Reference (base object) Part reference Placement on layer Part reference (summarized representation types)	For component or part placements, outputs the page names (page counters + subcounters) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_PAGENAME
19023	Page name (full)	Reference (base object) Part reference Placement on layer Part reference (summarized representation types)	For component or part placements, outputs the full page names (page name + all identifier blocks) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_PAGEFULLNAME
19024	Page description	Placement on layer		General	Multilingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_PAGENOMINATION
19030	Revision marker (change tracking)	Placement Project option Segment (pre-planning)	Automatically entered marker text at modified objects in a revision. The marker text is composed from a number of different properties, e.g. revision name, creator, and modification date.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER
19031	Revision marker format (change tracking)	Placement Project Project option Segment (pre-planning)	Defines the formatting of the revision marker text.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER_FORMAT
19032	Modification date (change tracking)	Placement Project option Segment (pre-planning)	Date on which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_DATE
19033	Creator (change tracking)	Placement Project option Segment (pre-planning)	Editor that changed the object in a revision. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_USER
19034	Modification time (change tracking)	Placement Project option Segment (pre-planning)	Time at which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker. The time representation can be configured in the project settings.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_TIME
19070	Bundle: Connection point designation	Bundle connection point Connection	The bundle connection point designation identifies a connection within a bundle. It occurs in pairs (but not more often) for each bundle: At the connection point entering the bundle and at the connection point leaving the bundle. Several bundle connection point numbers can also be entered, separated by commas.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	STRANDCONNECTOR_DESIGNATION
19071	Bundle: Connection point description	Bundle connection point	Bundle description.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	STRANDCONNECTOR_DESCRIPTION
19072	Bundle: Connection point data	Bundle connection point	Contains either the bundle description or, if this is not present, the bundle connection point designation.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	STRANDCONNECTOR_DATA_AUTOMATIC
19100	Parametric rules	Placement on layer	Determines how size-adjusting symbols should behave when zooming in and out.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_PARAMETRICRULE
19101	Invisible	Placement on layer		Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_INVISIBLE
19102	Line thickness	Graphical element		Formats	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	INSTANCE_WIDTH
19103	Graphical placement	Placement on layer		No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTANCE_GEDLOCATION
19150	Pattern length	Graphical element		Formats	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	INSTANCE_LINESTYLEFACTOR
19151	Line end style	Graphical element		Formats	Integer	No	No	INSTANCE_LINEENDTYPE
19201	Text contents	Text Hyperlink	Shows the content of graphical texts, placeholder texts, hyperlinks, and path function texts as multi-language character strings.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	TEXT_CONTENTS
19300	Placeholder object name	Placeholder text	Name of the placeholder object.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PLACEHOLDER_NAME
19301	Placeholder object: Last value set selected	Placeholder text	The value set that was last assigned to the placeholder object.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PLACEHOLDER_LASTUSEDVALUESET
19303	Value set name	Placeholder text	Required to generate the value set table in placeholder object overview screens and shows the names of the value sets in indexed form.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	PLACEHOLDER_VALUESET_NAME
19304	File / Document	Hyperlink Image	Shows the image file or the document with the hyperlink.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FILE
19305	Description (Hyperlink)	Hyperlink	Description text of a hyperlink; an entry is only allowed in one language.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DESCRIPTION
19306	Image file: Description	Image	Description text of an image file; a multilingual entry is allowed.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DESCRIPTION_ML
19307	Property arrangement	Reference (base object) Model view	Displays the name of the property arrangement set at the function / part placement. The property arrangement can also be assigned via this property.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTANCE_ACTIVE_PROPERTYSET
19308	Placeholder object description	Placeholder text	Description of the placeholder object.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PLACEHOLDER_DESCRIPTION
19310	X coordinate starting point	Line		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	LINE_START_X
19311	Y coordinate starting point	Line		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	LINE_START_Y
19312	X coordinate end point	Line		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	LINE_END_X
19313	Y coordinate end point	Line		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	LINE_END_Y
19314	Use placeholder object in EPLAN Cogineer	Placeholder text	If the property is activated, this placeholder object can be used in EPLAN Cogineer.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	PLACEHOLDER_USE_IN_COGINEER
19315	Remove placeholder object after generation with EPLAN Cogineer	Placeholder text	If the property is activated, the placeholder object is deleted from the schematic after the generation of the schematic with EPLAN Cogineer.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	PLACEHOLDER_DELETE_AFTER_USAGE_IN_COGINEER
19320	Circle radius	Circle (arc / sector / ellipse)		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	DMG_ARC_RADIUS
19321	X coordinate of the center	Circle (arc / sector / ellipse)		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	DMG_ARC_CENTER_X
19322	Y coordinate of the center	Circle (arc / sector / ellipse)		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	DMG_ARC_CENTER_Y
19323	Starting angle	Circle (arc / sector / ellipse)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_ARC_STARTANGLE
19324	End angle	Circle (arc / sector / ellipse)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_ARC_ENDANGLE
19340	X coordinate starting point	Rectangle Macro box		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	RECTANGLE_START_X
19341	Y coordinate starting point	Rectangle Macro box		Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	RECTANGLE_START_Y
19342	Rotation angle for rectangle	Rectangle		Data	Decimal number	No	No	RECTANGLE_ANGLE
19343	Rotation angle for text	Text		Data	Decimal number	No	No	TEXT_ANGLE
19380	Layer: Description		Description text of a layer; a multilingual entry is allowed.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMG_LAYER_DESCRIPTION
19400	File name	Mechanical object		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_DOCNAME
19401	Schematic link	Mechanical object		Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_HAS_ASSOCIATION
19402	Trade 'Fluid power'	Mechanical object	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_FLUID
19403	Trade 'Electrical engineering'	Mechanical object	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL
19404	Object name	Mechanical object		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_OBJNAME
19405	Trade 'Process engineering'	Mechanical object	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_PROCESS
19406	Information	Mechanical object	Shows whether information for tracking a mechanical model is available. The property can be used for filtering.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_NOTE
19407	Mechanical model is obsolete	Mechanical object	Shows whether the mechanical model in the file system is more current than the mechanical model in the EPLAN project.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_IS_DIRTY
19409	Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate starting point	Mechanical object	X coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_X
19410	Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate starting point	Mechanical object	Y coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Y
19411	Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate starting point	Mechanical object	Z coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Z
19412	Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate end point	Mechanical object	X coordinate for the end point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_X
19413	Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate end point	Mechanical object	Y coordinate for the end point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Y
19414	Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate end point	Mechanical object	Z coordinate for the end point of the reserved area.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Z
19600	X position	Door position	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_XPOS
19601	Y position	Door position	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_YPOS
19602	Z position	Door position	Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_ZPOS
19603	Door: Part number	Door position		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_PARTNR
19604	Door: Variant	Door position		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_VARIANT
19605	Offset X direction (drilling pattern)		Offset in the X direction for the drilling pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_X
19606	Offset Y direction (drilling pattern)		Offset in the Y direction for the drilling pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_Y
19607	Name (drilling pattern)		Name of the drilling pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_NAME
19620	Block property: Format	QR code		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	QRCODE_BLOCK_FORMAT
19621	Block property: Value	QR code		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	QRCODE_BLOCK_VALUE
19650	X position	Mounting panel position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_XPOS
19651	Y position	Mounting panel position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_YPOS
19652	Z position	Mounting panel position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ZPOS
19653	Mounting location	Mounting panel position	Specifies the mounting location on the mounting panel, e.g. "Rear", "Left", "Right".	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_LOCATION
19654	Angle	Mounting panel position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ANGLE
19655	Mounting panel: Part number	Mounting panel position		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_PARTNR
19656	Mounting panel: Variant	Mounting panel position		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_VARIANT
19700	X position	Locked area position	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_XPOS
19701	Y position	Locked area position	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_YPOS
19702	Front	Locked area position		Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_FRONTSIDE
19703	Width	Locked area position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_WIDTH
19704	Height	Locked area position		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_HEIGHT
19705	Type	Locked area position		Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_TYPE
19750	X position	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_XPOS
19751	Y position	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_YPOS
19752	Z position	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters	Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_ZPOS
19753	Mounting rail: Part number	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_PARTNR
19754	Mounting rail: Variant	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_VARIANT
19755	Length	Mounting rail position on busbar adapters		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_LENGTH
19756	Required	Accessories (entered at the part)	Specifies whether the part is an absolutely required accessory part.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_NESSECCARY
19800	Affected functions	Path function text	Lists all the functions for a path function text that adopt this function text from the path.	Special	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PATHTEXT_FUNCTIONS
20000	Name (identifying)	Function (base object) Connection Free symbolic address (in reports)	Identifying name of the function, consisting of the identifying device tag, the connection point designation for connection points, and the terminal designation for terminals.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTNAME
20001	Name (full)	Function (base object) Connection Part reference	Full name, such as the identifying name, but also still contains additional describing identifier elements.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_FULLNAME
20002	Name (visible)	Function (base object)	Displayed name, contains the name as it was entered for the displayed DT in the properties dialog. May also contain terminal designation, etc.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_VISIBLENAME
20003	DT (superior, without project structures)	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Supplies the superior device tag without project structures. Example: "U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN
20004	DT (subordinate, without project structures)	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Supplies the subordinate device tag without project structures. Example: "K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED
20005	DT (identifying)	Function (base object) Connection Terminal strip (in reports) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Free symbolic address (in reports)	Contains the identifying device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAG
20006	DT (full)	Function (base object) Connection Terminal strip (in reports) Plugs (in reports) Cables (in reports)	Contains the full device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_FULLDEVICETAG
20007	DT (identifying, without subordinate DT)	Function (base object)	Provides the identifying device tag without the subordinate DT. The property is used in the navigator in the tree view. Example: "=A+O-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTNESTEDDEVTAG
20008	DT (identifying, without project structures)	Connection Function (base object) Terminal strip (in reports)	Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES
20009	DT (full, without project structures)	Function (base object) Connection Project Part reference Segment (pre-planning)	Provides the device tag without the project structures, i.e., the following is output: The result is "K1" for "=A1-K1," "K1" for "-K1" and "K1-K2" for "=A1-K1-K2".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL
20010	DT (displayed)	Function (base object)	The part of the device tag that is displayed in the graphical editor.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_VISIBLEDEVICETAG
20011	Function text	Function Structure box Terminal strip (in reports) Plugs (in reports) Free symbolic address (in reports)	Manually entered function text.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_TEXT
20012	DT: Prefix	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Specifies the prefix before an identifier letter. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PREFIX
20013	DT: Identifier	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports)	By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CODE
20014	DT: Counter	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Counter for assigning DTs.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_COUNTER
20015	DT: Subcounter	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Suffix for the DT.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SUFFIX
20016	DT (subordinate): Prefix	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows the prefix before an identifier in the subordinate DT. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_NESTEDPREFIX
20017	DT (subordinate): Identifier	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifier in the subordinate DT. By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_NESTEDCODE
20018	DT (subordinate):Counter	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Counter in the subordinate DT.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_NESTEDCOUNTER
20019	DT (subordinate): Subcounter	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Suffix for the subordinate DT.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_NESTEDSUFFIX
20020	DT (project structures only)	Function (base object) Connection	Provides only the project structures, e.g. "=A1+O1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_ONLYSTRUCTURES
20021	Cross-reference display	Function	Specifies the display of cross-references: 0 = Automatic display (cross-references are only then displayed if the visible DT is not blank). 1 = Never display 2 = Always display.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_SUPPRESSCROSSREFERENCE
20022	Function: Connection point designation	Connection point Function	Shows the connection point designations of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point designations.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION
20023	Function: Connection point description	Connection point Function	Shows the connection point descriptions of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point descriptions.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESCRIPTION
20024	Mounting site (describing)	Structure box Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports)	Describing mounting site of the function.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_MOUNTINGLOCATION
20025	Engraving text	Function Structure box Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Engraving text of the function.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_GRAVINGTEXT
20026	Function definition	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Symbol	Provides the name of the entered function definition.	Function data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_COMPONENTTYPE
20027	Technical characteristics	Function Structure box Function template Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports)	Technical characteristics of the function.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC
20028	Connection point designation	Connection point Function	Shows the connection point designations of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point designations can be defined by using the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	FUNC_TERMINALDESIGNATION
20029	Connection point description	Connection point Function	Shows the connection point descriptions of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point descriptions can be defined by using the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	FUNC_TERMINALDESCRIPTION
20030	Terminal / Pin designation	Function Function template	Designation of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PINORTERMINALNUMBER
20031	Function text (automatic)	Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports) Plugs (in reports) Cables (in reports) Free symbolic address (in reports)	Displays the content of the manually entered function text or, if it is empty, the path function text. When this property is displayed on a project page, the line breaks are removed.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_TEXT_AUTOMATIC
20032	Additional identifying name element	Function Connection	This contains the terminal designation for terminals, the pin designation for pins, and the connection point designation for connection points.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ADDITIONALIDENTIFYINGNAMEPART
20033	Output group	Function Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	This property can be used as a filter and sorting tool in reports. It can be entered on main functions (e.g. cable definition lines, plug and terminal strip definitions).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_OUTPUTASSEMBLY
20034	Level	Function Function template	Level of the multi-level terminal; if the value is "0", then there are no multi-level terminals, but a terminal with only one level.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALLEVEL
20035	DT adoption: Search direction	Function	Shows the search direction for the DT adoption: 0 = According to orientation of plot frame 1 = As an alternative to orientation of plot frame 2 = Only from boxes. Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the sections "DT adoption" and "Defining the Search Direction for DT Adoption".	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_DEVICETAGSEARCHDIRECTION
20036	Connection point designation (with displayed DT)	Function	Provides the entered designation for connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal" DT and connection point designation for "normal" connection points, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHCONNECTIONDESIGNATION
20037	PLC address (with displayed DT)	Function	Provides the entered designation for PLC connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal DT" and PLC address, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHPLCADRESS
20038	Connection point designations (all)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) Function template	Contains all connection point designations of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons.	Function data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS
20039	Connection point descriptions (all)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) Function template	Contains all connection point descriptions of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons.	Function data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESCRIPTIONS
20040	Cable / Conduit: Type	Function Cables (in reports)	The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. The conduit type describes the physical properties of the conduit.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLETYPE
20041	Cable / Conduit: Length with unit	Function Cables (in reports)	Length of the cable or conduit with specification of the displayed measuring unit. If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLELENGTH
20042	Cable / Conduit: Number of connections	Function Cables (in reports)	Number of conductors in the cable or number of tubes in the conduit.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNT
20043	Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter	Function Cables (in reports)	Default value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter of the conductors of the cable or of the tubes in the conduit. All connections are assigned by default the same value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION
20044	Cables: Voltage	Function Cables (in reports)	Voltage of the cable.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLEVOLTAGE
20045	Remark	Potential definition point Function Cables (in reports) Connection Model view Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_COMMENT
20046	Cable / Conduit: Length	Function	Length of the cable or conduit in "meter" without specification of the unit.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	FUNC_CABLELENGTH_VALUE
20047	Contact / coil index	Function Function template	Specifies the index of the coil or contact. This allows the contacts to be assigned to the appropriate coils in a contactor with multiple coils.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_COILINDEX
20048	Name of target connection point (full)	Function Connection	Provides the full name of a target connection point (max. 100 words allowed). This consists of the device tag plus the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output in addition to the connection point designation.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNC_FULLCONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME
20049	Cross-reference display: Display	Function Interruption point	Specifies the representation of the cross-reference display: 0 = From project settings 1 = Show by columns 2 = Show by rows.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_SHOWCROSSREFERENCEBLOCK
20050	Cross-reference display: Number of rows / columns	Function Interruption point	If a row or column display of the cross-reference is set, then the number of rows or columns is defined here.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_NOOFCROSSREFERENCESINBLOCK
20051	Use displayed DT as full DT	Function (base object)	If this property is enabled, the DT calculation, i.e. the calculation of the full DT from the visible DT, is entirely disabled. Instead, the visible DT is used directly as the full DT. This helps prevent an undesired transfer of hierarchy properties or nested elements on a full DT.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_DISABLENAMEEVALUATION
20052	Plugs: Assignment to male pin / female pin end	Function template Function	In the case of the separate management of male and female pins, this specifies whether the pin is assigned to the male or female pin end of the plug. 0 = Automatic (i.e. the assignment is made via the DT and the function definition) 1 = Male pin end 2 = Female pin end.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_PINANDJACK_PLUGSIDE
20053	Cable / Conduit: Number of connections and cross-section / diameter	Function Cables (in reports)	Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x".	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNTANDCROSSSECTION
20054	Coil: Voltage	Function	Operating voltage of the coil.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_COILVOLTAGE
20055	Contact: Switching capacity	Function	Electrical switching capacity (in watt) of a contact at contactors and relays, is set at the coil.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CONTACTORPOWER
20056	Plugs: Number of pins	Function	Number of pins, set at the plug definition.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PINCOUNT
20057	Connection point cross-section	Function	Connection point cross-section of a plug or terminal.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION
20058	Name (without project structures)	Part reference Function Connection Part reference (summarized representation types)	Specifies the full name of a function without the project structures. Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME
20059	Automatically generated	Function Cables (in reports)	Shows if a function was generated by an automatic run (e.g., automatically generated cables). If you deactivate this property, the function is seen as manually generated and not changed during automatic processing.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLEAUTOCREATED
20060	Do not use cable when adding up cable lengths	Function	Omits the cable from the summing of the cable lengths.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_DONT_COUNT_CABLE
20061	Allow manual cable selection only	Function	Only manual cable selection is permitted for the cable.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_ONLY_MANUEL_CABLE_SELECTION
20062	Allow multiple PE conductors	Function	Suppresses the message "Several PE conductors intersected" in the project review.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_PE_WIRES
20063	Allow shields connected on both sides	Function	Suppresses the P003018 message "Shield applied too often" in the project check.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_SIDED_SHIELDINGS
20064	Cables: Exchange source and target	Function	You use this entry to define whether the target designations in the cable diagram reflect that of the terminal diagram, or whether the target designations should be swapped.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET
20065	Cable / Conduit: Unit of length	Function	Displayed measuring unit for the cable length or length of the conduit. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm 2 = cm 3 = dm 4 = m 5 = Meter 6 = km 8 = Inch 9 = " 10 = In 11 = ft 12 = feet 13 = foot 14 = yd 15 = yard 29 = µm.	No category	Integer	No	No	FUNC_CABLELENGTH_UNIT
20066	Special cable	Function Cables (in reports)	The cable is reported as a special cable. The message "Differing cable data" is suppressed.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_SPECIALCABLE
20067	Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic	Function Cables (in reports)	This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable or conduit in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP".	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_DESIGNATION
20068	Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter	Function Cables (in reports)	Unit for the cross-section or diameter. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm². For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20069	Cable name includes source / target	Function Connection	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies whether the cable name contains source and / or target. In this case the DT is handled differently in the DT calculation.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_DEVTAGINCLUDESSOURCEORDESTINATION
20070	Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter with unit	Function	Cross-section or diameter of the connections in the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20071	Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit	Cables (in reports) Function	Number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20072	Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit	Function Cables (in reports)	Number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT
20073	Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit	Function Cables (in reports)	Cable type or conduit type, number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20074	Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit	Function Cables (in reports)	Cable type or conduit type, number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT
20075	Connection point designation 1	Function	Connection point designation of the first function connection point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION1
20076	Connection point designation 2	Function	Connection point designation of the second function connection point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION2
20077	Name of target connection point	Function Connection	Provides the name of a target connection point. This consists of the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output in addition to the connection point designation.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME
20078	Cable / Conduit: Length in unit of the project	Function Cables (in reports)	Length of the cable or conduit converted into the units defined in the project settings. The units are not displayed.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH
20079	Cable / Conduit: Length with unit of project	Function Cables (in reports)	Length of the cable or conduit, including units, converted into the units defined in the project settings.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH_UNIT
20080	Cable / Conduit: Screw connection size	Function	Shows the size of the thread for screw connections, e.g. "PG13.5". A screw connection helps you quickly and safely connect tube or piping with one thread.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_SCREWCONNECTIONSIZE
20081	Cable / Conduit: Source: Stripping length	Function	Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHSOURCE
20082	Cable / Conduit: Target: Stripping length	Function	Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHDESTINATION
20083	Cable diagram form	Function	Name of the cable diagram form to be used for reporting the cable. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_FORM
20084	Cable-connection diagram form	Function	Name of the cable connection diagram form to be used for reporting the cable. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_FORM
20085	No output to cable diagram	Function	Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable diagram.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_NODIAGRAM
20086	No output to cable overview	Function	Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable overview.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_NOOVERVIEW
20087	No output to cable-connection diagram	Function	Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable-connection diagram.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM
20088	Function definition: Area	Function Symbol Connection	Area for grouping the function definitions. Provides the area within the trade, e.g., "coils and contacts" or "motors".	No category	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CATEGORY_REGION
20089	Graphical display in reports	Function	A max. of 10 additional graphical identifiers for reports that are needed for EPLAN 21 data imports.	Settings	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_EVALUATION_GRAPHICCODE
20090	Suppl. field for CLIP PROJECT data	Function	This property (max of 1,000, definable using the index) allows CLIP PROJECT data to be stored at functions when importing data from CLIP PROJECT.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_EXTERNAL_CLIPPROJECT
20091	Name automatically assigned	Cables (in reports) Function	Unnamed cable definitions, shields, and connection definition points are assigned to this property during automatic cable generation. Automatically assigned names are deleted and newly assigned in the next automatic run; manually assigned names are retained.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CABLEAUTONAMED
20092	Cable assignment diagram form	Function Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_LAYOUT_FORM
20093	Suppress in device tag list (if filtered)	Function	This setting allows suppressing devices in the device tag list by specifying an appropriate filter there.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_SUPPRESSINDEVICELIST
20094	Insert from macro as unplaced	Function	For functions saved in macros. If this property is assigned to a function, the function is not placed in the schematic when the macro is placed. The function is then only available as an unplaced function in the project.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_INSERTNOTPLACED
20095	Identifying name elements	Function (base object) Connection	Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Name (identifying)" property (ID 20000); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTNAMEPARTS
20096	Identifying DT elements	Function (base object) Connection	Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Device tag (identifying)" property (ID 20005); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGPARTS
20097	Process object	Function	Helps you enter and display certain process data, e.g. a measurand or condition information.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCPROCESSDATA
20098	Object ID of communication unit	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems (max. 10 allowed). The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID
20099	Separator for terminal strip and plug definitions	Function	Provides the character "=" as the separator for terminal strip and plug definitions.	Formats	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEFINITIONSEPARATOR
20100	Part number	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Shows a max. of 50 of the part numbers assigned to a function. The property can be output in reports or used to group enclosure legends by part number.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTNR
20101	Part variant	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Shows a max. of 50 variants of the part number assigned to a function.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_VARIANT
20102	Number of units / quantity	Project Connection Connection definition point Function Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the (max. 50) number of units of the part number assigned to a function.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_COUNT
20103	Record type	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	At a function for the assigned part numbers, specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, e.g., component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. A max. of 50 is allowed.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTTYPE
20104	Sorting of part on terminal strip	Function	Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip. Max. of 50 placements are evaluated and reported. If you do not use main terminals, this property is displayed at the terminal strip definition ("Part reference data" category). By default the accessory is sorted to the beginning of the terminal strip. If you use main terminals, this property is displayed at the main terminals and specifies the order of the alignable accessories relative to the associated main terminal. In this case the sort code can also have negative values.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_TERMINALSORTCODE
20105	Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered)	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there. A max. of 50 parts references are reported.	Part	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST
20106	Communication unit (at communication units)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 communications units.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME
20107	Configuration project (at communication units)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 configuration projects.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT
20108	Configuration project (indirect)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) SPS object Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	For a PLC connection point, this shows the configuration project of the associated PLC box. At bus ports of the "Overview" representation type the value is determined at the same single-line bus port.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT_INDIRECT
20110	Number of functions	Connection Connection definition point Function	You can use this property to show the number of connections on connection definition points (and functions). The entered value is placed in the schematic together with the connection definition point - usually represented as a forward slash. Values such as "3+PE" are permitted.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_SINGLE_LINE_FUNCTION_COUNT
20111	Symbol library			Symbol data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SYMBLIB_NAME
20112	Symbol name			Symbol data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SYMB_NAME
20113	Symbol variant			Symbol data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SYMB_VARIANT
20114	Symbol description (function)			Symbol data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SYMB_DESC
20115	Function definition: Category	Function Symbol Connection	Function definition category, serves to group the function definitions.	Function data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CATEGORY
20116	Function definition: Group	Function Symbol Connection	Function definition group, serves to group the function definitions.	Function data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_GROUP
20117	Function definition: Description	Function Symbol Connection	Function definition description.	Function data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DESC
20120	Function text (common)	Function	Displays the function text (automatic) of the function or, if it is empty, the function text (automatic) of the associated main function.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_TEXT_COMMON
20121	Representation type	Function (base object) Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Connection	Type of placement of a function (normally contains the page type where the function has been placed). Possible values are: 1 = Multi-line 3 = Overview -2 = Pair cross-reference 2 = Single-line 38 = P&I diagram 43 = Topology 8 = Panel layout -6 = Detailed panel layout -8 = 3D mounting layout -12 = Functional -3 = External 7 = Graphic.	Function data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TYPE
20122	Main function	Function	Defines whether a function is a main function. The main function represents a device in the devices represented in a distributed manner (e.g. the coil in a contactor). Only the main function carries (e.g.) the device definition of the device.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_MAINFUNCTION
20123	With signal isolation	Function	Specifies whether signals end at the function or are forwarded.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_POTENTIALSEPARATED
20124	Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter (automatic)	Function	Automatically determined unit for the cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit. Possible values are: 0 = Undefined 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm². For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_AUTO_UNIT
20125	Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter	Function Cables (in reports)	Alternative cross-section or diameter of the conductors of the cable or tubes in the conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION
20126	Cable / Conduit: Unit for alternative cross-section / diameter	Function Cables (in reports)	The alternative unit for the alternative cross-section / diameter of the cable or conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm². For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20127	Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter with unit	Function	Alternative cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT
20128	MAC address	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS
20130	Node group (Interbus)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP
20131	Alternative (Interbus)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE
20132	Service info (Interbus)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The service info can be set at bus nodes in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 info elements.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO
20139	PLC object ID (at communication units)	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 identifiers.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID
20140	Supplementary field 1	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01
20141	Supplementary field 2	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02
20142	Supplementary field 3	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03
20143	Supplementary field 4	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04
20144	Supplementary field 5	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05
20145	Supplementary field 6	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06
20146	Supplementary field 7	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07
20147	Supplementary field 8	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08
20148	Supplementary field 9	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09
20149	Supplementary field 10	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10
20150	DT: Page	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Name of the page, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_PAGECOUNTER
20151	DT: Subpage	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Name of the subpage; can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_PAGESUBCOUNTER
20152	DT: Column	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Plot frame column, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_COLUMN
20153	DT: Row	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Plot frame row, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_ROW
20154	DT: Section	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SECTION
20155	DT: Application	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_FUNCTIONCODE
20156	DT: Supplementary field 1	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01
20157	DT: Supplementary field 2	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02
20158	DT: Supplementary field 3	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03
20159	DT: Supplementary field 4	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04
20160	DT: Supplementary field 5	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05
20161	Configuration project (at PLC boxes and bus ports)	Function	Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT
20162	PLC object ID (at functions)	Function	Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCOBJECTID
20163	Communication unit (at PLC connection points)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit, the value is selectable from the associated main function (PLC card).	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCBUSTERMCOMMENTITY_NAME
20164	Bus coupler / head station	Function	Identifies a device as a bus coupler or head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISBUSCOUPLER
20165	Start IP address	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS
20166	Potential type of connection points	Function	Provides the potential type of the connection points, when this is the same for all function connection points. Otherwise the "Undefined" potential type is output instead.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	FUNC_POTENTIALTYPE_TERMINALPOINTS
20167	CPU	Function	Identifies a PLC box as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISCPU
20168	Symbol number			Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_SYMB_NUMBER
20169	End IP address	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS
20170	DT (subordinate): Page	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Name of the page, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_PAGECOUNTER
20171	DT (subordinate): Subpage	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Subpage, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_PAGESUBCOUNTER
20172	DT (subordinate): Column	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Column from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_COLUMN
20173	DT (subordinate): Row	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Row from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_ROW
20174	DT (subordinate): Section	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SECTION
20175	DT (subordinate): Application	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_FUNCTIONCODE
20176	DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 1	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01
20177	DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 2	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02
20178	DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 3	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03
20179	DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 4	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04
20180	DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 5	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific EPLAN versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05
20181	Domain Postfix	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX
20182	Use DHCP	Function	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP
20183	Connection point designation (with plug designation (automatic))	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Combined property from the plug designation (automatic) and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCAUTOPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION
20184	Power supply	Function	Identifies the device as a power supply.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY
20185	Message text	Function Connection Interruption point	After the check run, shows all messages output for this function. Multiple messages are separated by a line break.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION_MESSAGETEXT
20186	Marked for deletion	Function Free symbolic address (in assignment list) Connection Connection definition point Free symbolic address (in reports)	Marks functions or connections so that these can be found and deleted with a check run. During the import and synchronization of the PLC data and assignment lists PLC objects (meaning PLC boxes, connection points and addresses) are marked if the respective function is only contained in the EPLAN target project, but is not part of the imported PLC data. During an AutomationML import functions are marked if the respective function is only contained in the EPLAN target project, but is not part of the imported AML data. During an import from Harness proD functions or connections that were deleted in Harness proD are marked in EPLAN.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION_PLCIMPORTCOMPARE_MARKEDTOBEDELETED
20187	PLC diagram form	Function	This allows PLC cards (the PLC boxes) to each be assigned a separate report (a PLC diagram). The form set for the main function is only taken into account when generating reports. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data exist in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDIAGRAM_FORM
20188	Function definition: Category / Group / Definition	Function Symbol Connection	Outputs the function definition in the "Category / Group / Function definition" format.	Function data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_CATEGORY_GROUP_ID
20189	Bus distribution device	Function	Entered on a PLC box and identifies it as a bus distribution device.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR
20190	Part: External document 1	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 1" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1
20191	Part: External document 2	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 2" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2
20192	Part: External document 3	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 3" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3
20193	Part: Designation 1	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "Designation 1" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR1
20194	Part: Designation 2	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "Designation 2" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR2
20196	Without sensor / actuator search for symbolic address	Function	If this property is enabled, no sensor/actuator search is carried out when establishing the "Symbolic address (automatic)" for an I/O connection point. Instead, the address is output when the "Use address if search for symbolic address is unsuccessful" project setting is enabled.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCNO_TARGETSEARCH_FOR_AUTOSYMBOLICADDRESS
20197	Topology: Source of routing path	Routing path (topology)	Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the source of the connection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_SOURCE
20198	Cross-reference display: Max. number of cross-references	Function Interruption point	Specifies the maximum number of cross-references that can be shown for a function or interruption point. The value "0" does not relate to any limitation of the cross-reference display.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_MAXCROSSREFERENCEBLOCKCOUNT
20199	Revision: Contact image text (for property comparison)	Function	This property provides text information about a contact image. It can be used for property comparison of projects, to highlight changes to the contact image on the relevant coil and to show the result of the comparison. Changes are only specified if the content of the contact image changes, for example if a contact is deleted or added or moved to another schematic path. Changes to properties that are not visible in the contact image (e.g., technical characteristics) are not specified.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CONTACTIMAGETEXT
20200	Type designation of part	Function Connection	Provides the type designation of the part, is required for display in the part placement and contact image. Using the index you can differentiate between up to 50 entries.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_TYPENOTATION
20201	Block property	Function Interruption point Connection Connection definition point PCT loop Segment (pre-planning) Structure box Potential definition point	Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	FUNC_BLOCK_VALUE
20202	Block property: Format	Function Symbol Interruption point Connection definition point PCT loop Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning) Segment definition (pre-planning) Structure box Potential definition point	Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties.	Formats	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	FUNC_BLOCK_FORMAT
20203	Part: Designation 3	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "Designation 3" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR3
20205	Format of displayed DT	Function Interruption point		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_DTFORMAT
20206	Format of full DT	Function Interruption point		Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_FULLDTFORMAT
20208	X coordinate	Part reference Function	X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_X
20209	Y coordinate	Part reference Function	Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_Y
20211	DT (superior, without project structures, with preceding sign)	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the superior device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. Example: "-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN_WITHSEPARATOR
20212	DT (subordinate, without project structures, with preceding sign)	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the subordinate device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. Example: "-K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED_WITHSEPARATOR
20213	DT (full, without project structures, with preceding sign)	Function (base object) Connection Project Part reference	Provides the device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. Example: "-K1" is output for "=A1-K1," "-K1" is output for "-K1" and "-K1-K2" is output for "=A1-K1-K2".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL_WITHSEPARATOR
20214	Name (without project structures, with preceding sign)	Part reference Function Connection Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the full name of a function without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3".	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME_WITHSEPARATOR
20215	DT (identifying, without project structures, with preceding sign)	Connection Function (base object) Terminal strip (in reports)	Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES_WITHSEPARATOR
20216	Safety function	Function	Shows whether a function is relevant to safety.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_SAFETYRELEVANT
20217	Net-connecting	Function	Shows whether a function is net-connecting.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_NETCONNECTING
20218	ID for net-based connections	Function Potential definition point	ID for identifying connection points for net-based connections. Every connection point has a unique ID.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_ID
20219	IDs for net-based connections	Function Potential definition point	Outputs the IDs of the connection points for a function separated by paragraph marks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_IDS
20220	Main terminal	Function	Defines a terminal as the main terminal; the terminal is then similar to a main function. For example, for a main terminal the function templates are displayed in the terminal strip navigator, and a device selection can be performed. A terminal strip can contain as many main terminals as you want.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_MAIN
20221	Width	Function Structure box Rectangle Macro box	Allows the width of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	RECTANGLE_WIDTH
20222	Height	Structure box Function Rectangle Macro box	Allows the height of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects. The height must be entered as a negative value.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	RECTANGLE_HEIGHT
20223	Distributed terminal index	Function Function template	Distributed terminals are usually identified clearly via the terminal designation. But if you want to use identical designations for several distributed terminals (e.g., because terminals within a signal are to have the same terminal designation), then the distributed terminals must also have the same terminal designation. In this case, the distributed terminals are differentiated via the distributed terminal index. Distributed terminals with the same distributed terminal index are recognized as belonging together. The value of this property can be entered manually, or be assigned automatically during the optimization of the distributed terminals.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINALINDEX
20225	Terminal / pin description	Function Function template	Description of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PINORTERMINALDESCRIPTION
20226	Connection point designation 3	Function	Connection point designation of the third function connection point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION3
20227	Connection point designation 4	Function	Connection point designation of the fourth function connection point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION4
20228	Auxiliary terminal	Function	Indicates whether the terminal is an auxiliary terminal. Terminals can be managed as main terminals or auxiliary terminals. This means that auxiliary terminals can be used, for example, to represent terminals which consist of several functions (several separate terminals in one housing).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_SECONDARY
20229	Do not use main terminals	Function	If this property is enabled for a terminal strip definition, the main terminals are handled in the same way as "normal" terminals. In this case, the terminal strip is not split into independent areas and is only defined via the terminal strip definition.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_DONT_USE_MAINTERMINAL
20230	Terminal category	Function Function template	This property can be used to characterize a terminal precisely. The property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. The following values are possible: 0 = Feed-through terminal, 1 = Isolating terminal, 2 = Switching terminal, 3 = Diode terminal, 4 = Fused terminal, 5 = Resistance terminal, 6 = Thermocouple terminal.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_FUNCTION
20231	Terminal with LED	Function Function template	Shows that the terminal has an LED. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_LED
20232	Terminal opened	Function	Indicates whether the terminal is opened. If the property is activated, the connection between the internal and external sides of the terminal is separated, i.e., the potential transfer within the terminal is interrupted. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_IS_OPEN
20234	Form for wiring diagram	Function	Allows for a separate form for wiring diagrams to be stated at the main function of a device. Wiring diagrams consist of several connection diagrams and are used to output information about connected conductors and targets. (Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the section "Generating wiring diagrams".) If you assign a value via the API interface, please make sure that the corresponding master data is available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM
20235	Layout space description	3D function Part reference	Describing text for the layout space is displayed, e.g. in the tree view of the layout space navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESCRIPTION
20237	Topology: Routing track	Function Connection	This property stores routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLING_PATH
20240	Topology: Routing length	Function	Length of a routing path or routing point.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLING_LENGTH
20241	Topology: Connection point extra length	Function	Additonal value that is added to the length of a connection one time. Here, for example, the length of the last routing point to the item can be entered. This information is taken into account during the route of a cable, and indicates by how much the cable is to protrude from the cable duct.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_CABLING_CP_ADDITIONAL_LENGTH
20242	Topology: Automatically generated routing path	Routing path (topology)	Indicates whether the routing path was generated automatically.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_AUTO_CREATED
20243	Cables: Connection point length source	Function	Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH
20245	Topology: Structure	Function Connection	Here, the identifier structure of the first routing path of the routing track is entered during the route.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLING_STRUCTURE
20246	Cables: Connection point length target	Function	Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_DEST_CP_LENGTH
20247	Topology: Connection filter	Routing path (topology)	Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used during routing to control which connections may be routed through which routing track (routing paths and routing points). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Topology: Routing track specification" (ID 31119) property has not been activated.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_CONNECTIONFILTER
20248	Topology: Routing path cross-section	Routing path (topology)	Indicates the fill capacity of the routing path, and serves as a basis for calculating the fill capacity. If no routing path cross-section is entered, the fill capacity will not be calculated either.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_CROSSSECTION
20250	Topology: Routing length (automatic)	Routing path (topology)	Length of a routing path or routing point. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered routing length or, when that is empty, the geometric length.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CABLINGSEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTO
20252	Distributed terminals cross-reference	Function	The distributed terminal's cross-reference refers from the first distributed terminal (according to the sequence in the terminal strip navigator and, primarily, the main terminal if one exists) to all other distributed terminals with the same terminal designation. For all other distributed terminals, this cross-reference refers back to the first distributed terminal.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL_CROSSREFERENCE
20253	CPU: Name	Function	Name of the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. The CPU name has to be unique within the EPLAN project. For all PLC boxes always enter the complete CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier], for example "Siemens SIMATIC S7.Station 300.1". At PLC boxes that do not represent a CPU, but rather input or output cards, enter the name of the associated CPU. All addresses with the same CPU belong in an assignment list. By entering different CPUs, multiple PLC controls can be managed in one project. When you plan several PLC controls in a project, it is therefore necessary to identify all PLC boxes via this property.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 128	No	FUNC_PLCCPU_NAME
20254	Description	Function template	Description of the function template, is also displayed in the navigators.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION
20255	Start address 2 of PLC card	Function	For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate start address for the address range of the outputs. This way, inputs and outputs can be addressed separately. The start address specifies the start value for the address range of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be used, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2
20256	Topology: Target of routing path	Routing path (topology)	Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the target of the connection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_DESTINATION
20257	Cable / Conduit: Length (full)	Function Cables (in reports)	Length of the cable or conduit including units. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLELENGTH_FULL
20261	Layout space name (of the part placement)	3D function Part reference	Displays at a part placement the name of the layout space in which the corresponding item is placed.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE
20263	Part: External document 4	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 4" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4
20264	Part: External document 5	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 5" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5
20265	Part: External document 6	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 6" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6
20266	Part: External document 7	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 7" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7
20267	Part: External document 8	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 8" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8
20268	Part: External document 9	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 9" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9
20269	Part: External document 10	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 10" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10
20270	Part: External document 11	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 11" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11
20271	Part: External document 12	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 12" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12
20272	Part: External document 13	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 13" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13
20273	Part: External document 14	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 14" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14
20274	Part: External document 15	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 15" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15
20275	Part: External document 16	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 16" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16
20276	Part: External document 17	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 17" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17
20277	Part: External document 18	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 18" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18
20278	Part: External document 19	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 19" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19
20279	Part: External document 20	Function Project Connection Connection definition point Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Outputs the "External document 20" property of the nth part using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20
20280	Distributed terminal	Function Function template	Specifies whether a terminal is a distributed terminal. Terminal connection points can be shown distributed with the aid of distributed terminals. Each distributed terminal then represents one or several connection points of the terminal.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL
20283	Terminal with plug-in adapter	Function Function template	Shows that the terminal has a plug-in adapter. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_PLUGADAPTER
20284	Used drilling pattern	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the drilling patterns (max. 50) in use of a part number assigned to a function.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_CONSTRUCTION
20285	State	Function	Indicates the states in the "Functional" representation type. A maximum of 10 states can be defined for the function using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 10	No	FUNC_FUNCTIONALTEXT
20286	Function exists with 'Functional' representation type	Function	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Functional" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONAL
20287	EPLAN Data Portal: Configurator	Function	Name of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Such a configurator, for example, can be used to subsequently configure devices and macros that have been placed via the Data Portal.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER
20288	EPLAN Data Portal: Configurator supplementary field	Function	Supplementary field of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Here, specific information is stored for the external configurator.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER_ADDITIONAL
20289	Integrated module	Function	Designates the PLC box as an integrated module.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCMODULE_ISINTEGRATED
20290	Terminal strips: Allow same designations within multi-level terminals	Function	This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within multi-level terminal may occur several times. In other words, several levels may have the same terminal designation. If the property is deactivated, the terminal designation must be unique for each level.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_ALLOW_SAME_NAME_IN_MULTILEVEL
20291	Switching jumper (internal)	Function	Shows the state of the switching jumper on the internal side of the terminal: 0 = None, 1 = Open, 2 = Closed. The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_INTERN
20292	Switching jumper (external)	Function	Shows the state of the switching jumper on the external side of the terminal: 0 = None, 1 = Open, 2 = Closed. The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_EXTERN
20293	Switching lock	Function	Indicates whether the terminal is locked and cannot be switched. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCH_LOCK
20294	Device group	Function Connection Connection definition point	Manual assignment of the function to a device group (which determines the DT format). Using this property, you can select another DT format for specific functions, e.g., a connection can then have a different DT format than a cable. If the property is empty, the device group will be derived auotmatically from the function definition.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_DEVICETYPE_MANUAL
20295	Connection point cross-section / diameter	Connection point Function	Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters.	No category	Value with unit	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS
20296	Connection point cross-section / diameter (all)	Function Function template	This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons.	Function data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS
20297	Connection point cross-section / diameter (all, depending on DT adoption)	Function	This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function where the individual connection point cross-sections / diameters are separated by "¶". In addition, other connection point cross-sections / diameters of functions are also listed that are located in the search direction for the DT transfer.	Function data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_DEPENDEDALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS
20298	Start address 2 of PLC card (indirect)	Function	Provides the optional second start address entered at the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can specify a separate start address for the outputs. The value entered defines the start value for the address range of the outputs of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INDIRECT
20299	Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic)	Function	For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE_2
20300	Cross-reference (main / aux. function)	Structure box Function	Shows cross-references between main and auxiliary functions. Cross-references between structure boxes are not shown here.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CROSSREFERENCE
20301	Overview cross-reference	Function	Shows cross-references for overview functions.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCPAIRCROSSREFERENCE
20302	Manual cross-reference	Function Terminal strip (in reports)	Manually assigned cross-reference, displayed before all other cross-references.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_MANUALCROSSREFERENCE
20303	Contact image display	Function	Setting for the contact image display.	No category	Integer	No	No	FUNC_CONTACTIMAGE
20304	Cross-reference to plug counterpiece	Function	A cross-reference to the counterpart is displayed at the plug definition (i.e. the assigned plug definition representing the receptacle / coupling). For a combined representation of male and female pins in one function, no cross-reference is displayed. A cross-reference to the matching pin is displayed at the pins. If male and female pins have the same DT, only the position of the matching pin is displayed. For non-placed direct connections, the cross-reference shows the name and position of the connected counterpart.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CROSSREFERENCETODIRECTLYCONNECTEDCOUNTERPART
20305	Main placement	Structure box	Defines the structure box as a main placement to which cross-references refer. This allows the display of cross-references between structure boxes. If the property is not enabled at any box, then the first structure box in the graphic is regarded as the main placement.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	LOCATIONBOX_MAINPLACEMENT
20306	Cross-reference (only main functions)	Function	Shows cross-references for possible main functions of the device. The function category has to match here. This property can be used to show a cross-reference on a black box to the same black box placed elsewhere.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_MAINCROSSREFERENCE
20307	Safety-related values: Use case in use	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE
20308	Bus system	Function Function template	Type of bus system to which a bus port is assigned as a bus node. The following values are possible: 0 = Other bus systems 1 = CANbus 2 = DeviceNet 3 = EtherCAT 4 = Ethernet 5 = Foundation Fieldbus 6 = Interbus 7 = Lightbus 8 =Local bus: Rack /PLC card 9 = ModBus 10 = MPI bus 11 = PROFIBUS 12 = PROFINET 13 = ASI 14 = Local-Bus: Extension 15 = X2X 16 = Powerlink 17 = CC-Link 18 = ControlNet 19 = DALI 20 = EIB 21 = EtherNet/IP 22 = FIPIO 23 = LON 24 = RS232/RS485 25 = SERCOS interface 26 = USB 27 = IPLink 28 = Axioline 29 = DIOBus 30 = RIOBus 31 = ERIOBus 32 = RIO/DIO bus 33 = MDI I/O bus 34 = VARAN 35 = CC-Link IE 36 = Modbus TCP 37 = SERCOS III 38 = DRIVE-CLiQ 39 = SSCNET III 40 = CC-Link IE Control 41 = CC-Link IE Field 42 = IO-Link 43 = SSI 44 = ET-Connection 45 = CC-Link IE Field Basic 46 = PortToPort 47 = MELSECNET/H 48 = EtherCAT P 49 = EtherCAT G 50 = BACnet 51 = KNX	PLC data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM
20309	DNS/PROFINET device name	Function	Domain name, name of an address in a network. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_DNS
20310	Logical network: Bus port is master	Function	Identifies a bus port as the master of a bus system / logical network.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISMASTER
20311	Physical network: Bus ID / item number	Function	Bus ID of the bus port. Depending on the bus system, the value is a simple number, an IP address or a combination of letters and numbers. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS
20312	Subslot	Function	Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_SUBSLOT
20313	Data transfer rate	Function	The data transfer rate of the bus system (value and unit). Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 values.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_TRANSMISSIONRATE
20314	Cross-reference display: Auxiliary function as main function	Function	If this property is activated at an auxiliary function, it will behave, in terms of the cross-reference display, like a main function, and the main function of the same device will automatically behave like an auxiliary function. If a contact image is displayed at the main function, it is not carried over to the auxiliary function, but remains at the main function. If the property is activated for several functions of a device, a possible main function "wins", otherwise the graphically first function.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CROSSREFERENCEMAINFUNCTION
20315	PLC-specific settings	Function	Displays the PLC scheme that is used with a specific CPU. Functions of a specific CPU are processed under consideration of the PLC scheme belonging to this CPU (PLC addressing, import / export of assignment lists, etc.). The value of this property can only be assigned or changed if the PLC box is the main function and the CPU (ID 20167) property is activated.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCCPU_RELATEDPLCSCHEMA
20316	Media code	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Terminal strip (in reports)	This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the identifier of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Identifier (ID 20013). If the project setting Fluid power: Use trade identifier as identifier (media code) is activated, the trade identifier is displayed.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CRAFTCODE
20317	Circuit number	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the counter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Counter (ID 20014).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CIRCUITNUMBER
20318	Item number	Function (base object) Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in EPLAN. For fluid power devices the subcounter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Subcounter (ID 20015).	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_COMPONENTNUMBER
20321	Connection point logic: External	Function	Defines whether the connection point is to be interpreted as external. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_ISEXTERN
20322	Connection point logic: Cable connection point	Function	Defines whether the connection should lie in a cable. This setting is taken into account when automatically generating cables. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_ISCABLE
20323	Connection point logic: Intrinsic safety possible	Function	Specifies whether the connection point can be intrinsically safe. If it is later specified in the function that it is intrinsically safe, then all connection points will be intrinsically safe for which this property is selected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_SAFETYISPOSSIBLE
20324	Connection point logic: Number of targets allowed	Function	The number of possible targets / connections that the connection point may have. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_DESTINATIONCOUNT
20325	Connection point logic: Number of saddle jumpers allowed	Function	Number of possible saddle jumpers for terminals. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_BRIDGECOUNT
20326	Connection point logic: Transfer potential to	Function	Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the potential should be transferred. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIALTRANSFER
20327	Connection point logic: Consumer / source to	Function	Specifies via the connection point number the other connection point to which a consumer or generator (source) is internally connected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_CONSUMERSOURCES
20329	Connection point logic: Connection point type	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_TYPE
20330	Pressure level	Function	The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point).	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_PRESSURESTANDARD
20331	Continuous connection between the connection points	Function	Specifies at a connection splicer the connection points between which a continuous connection can run. Possible values are: 0 = None 1 = 1;2 2 = 1;3 3 = 1;4 4 = 2;3 5 = 2;4 6 = 3;4 7 = 1;2 / 3;4 8 = 1;3 / 2;4 9 = 1;4 / 2;3	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_DISTRIBUTOR_CONNECTED_CONNPOINTS
20332	Topology: Fill capacity	Routing path (topology)	Shows the current fill capacity of a routing path as a percentage.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_FILLING
20333	Function exists with 'Topology' representation type	Function	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Topology" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CABLING
20334	MasterSystemID	Function	The MasterSystemID is an identification number (network number) for interface assignment during the PLC data exchange with Siemens SIMATIC STEP 7. PROFIBUS DP networks have numerical values from 1 to 99, PROFINET IO networks have numerical values as of 100.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_MASTERSYSTEMID
20335	Superior product aspect incl. name supplement	Part reference Function Connection Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the superior part of the full name of a function without project structures. Example: "U1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". If the function has a subordinate DT, no name supplement is output. "U1" is then output at a terminal "=A+O-U1-X1:1". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (superior, without project structures) (ID 20003) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAINNAME
20336	Subordinate product aspect incl. name supplement	Part reference Function Connection Part reference (summarized representation types)	Provides the subordinate part of the full name of a function without the project structures. Example: "X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-U2-X2:3". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (subordinate, without project structures) (ID 20004) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTEDNAME
20338	Bus system (indirect)	Function	Specifies the type of the bus system at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type to which the same single-line bus port is assigned as the bus node. The following values are possible: see the property "Bus system" (ID 20308).	PLC data	Integer	No	Yes	FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM_INDIRECT
20339	Use handle from macro	Part reference Function	At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_USEGRIPPERFROMMACRO
20340	Handle from macro: X coordinate	Part reference Function	X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_X
20341	Handle from macro: Y coordinate	Part reference Function	Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_Y
20342	Name (complete with connection point designations)	Function	Outputs the full name and behind it, separated by a colon, all the connection point designations, for example "=EB3+ET1-X0:L1".	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_FULLNAME_WITH_CONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS
20343	Topology: Generated single-line	Routing connection (topology)	This property stores whether a routing connection was generated from a single-line cable connection.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTIONCABLING_SINGLELINE_CREATED
20344	Topology: Routing path types	Function Connection	This property outputs the routing path types of the routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CABLING_DUCT_TYPES
20345	Topology: Routing path type (routing path)	Routing path (topology)	Specifies the way in which connections or cables are routed in this routing path (for example pipe, cable duct, cable platform, etc.). This results in the routing path type of the connections / cables that are routed in this routing path (property Topology: Routing path types (ID 20344)).	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_DUCT_TYPE
20346	Item number list	Function	Displays the item numbers of all the parts separated by commas. This property allows you to display the item numbers of the parts at the functions in the graphical editor or output them in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR_LIST
20347	Topology: Height difference	Routing path (topology)	The routing length of the vertical routing path is displayed with preceding sign in this property. The preceding sign "+" means "upwards", "-" means "downwards". The property is only filled if a direction for the height difference was specified.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CABLINGSEGMENT_HEIGHT_DIFF
20348	Topology: Direction for height difference	Routing path (topology) Symbol	Specifies the direction for the height difference. Possible values are "None" "Upwards" and "Downwards".	Data	Integer	No	No	CABLINGSEGMENT_DIRECTION_OF_HEIGHT_DIFF
20350	Manual saddle jumpers (internal)	Function	The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between internal saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start. Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_INTERN
20351	Manual saddle jumpers (external)	Function	The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between external saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start. Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_EXTERN
20358	Harness proD GUID	Function Connection Connection definition point	In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_HARNESSPROD_GUID
20359	DT ID	Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Connection	A module is a collection of parts that belong to a number of commonly nested devices. The subparts that belong to a module are identified via the DT ID.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_MODULE_ID
20365	Labeling type	Function Function template	Through this property terminals can be differentiated for the manufacturing data export, for example for differently sized labels.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_LABELTYPE
20367	Terminal: Device position	Function	The device position specifies the position of the terminal device to which the terminal belongs within the terminal strip. All the terminals of a terminal device have the same device position. The sort code also specifies the order of the terminals within a terminal device.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALDEVICEPOSITION
20369	Connection point logic: Pressure / control port	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_CONTROL_CONPOINT
20370	Connection point logic: Potential type	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIAL_TYPE
20371	Connection point logic: Type of signal	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_SIGNAL_TYPE
20372	Connection point logic: Allow identical connection point designation	Function		Function data	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_ALLOW_SAME_DESIGNATION
20373	Connection point logic: Symbol connection point	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_SYMBOL_CONPOINT
20374	Connection dimension	Function Function template Connection point		No category	Value with unit	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_CONNECTIONDIMENSIONS
20375	Connection dimension (all)	Function Function template	Shows the connection dimensions of all the connection points of a function, separated by paragraph marks.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDIMENSIONS
20376	Cables: Source	Function	Shows the source of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE
20377	Cables: Target	Function	Shows the target of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION
20378	Connection dimension source	Function		Function data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE
20379	Connection dimension target	Function		Function data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION
20380	Do not include in addressing	Function Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	If this property is activated, the PLC connection point is excluded from addressing and retains its original address. Fixed hardware addresses are thus not changed during subsequent addressing or during the insertion of macros.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_NO_ADRESSING
20381	Device description: Index in file	Function	Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICE_INDEX
20382	PLC subdevice 3: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_INPUTS
20383	Cables: Source (with plug designation)	Function	Shows the source of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION
20384	PLC subdevice: Index	Function Free symbolic address (in assignment list) Function template	The value of this property specifies the position of the PLC subdevice to which the PLC connection point belongs. This information is required for automatic addressing. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection.	PLC data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_INDEX_OF_STARTADDRESS
20385	Cables: Target (with plug designation)	Function	Shows the target of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION
20386	Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2	Function	Second bus ID of the bus port. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the additional address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS_2
20387	Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2 (indirect)	Function	Specifies the name of the second bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_2_INDIRECT
20388	Signal range	Function Function template Free symbolic address (in reports) Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	Signal range that a PLC connection point has. Possible entries are, for example, ranges for the voltage or the amperage: 0...10 V or 0...20 mA or +/-5 V or 4...20 mA. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection. The property is identifiying at the device selection. It can be used for filtering during external editing and editing in a table. In addition the property in the list view of the PLC navigator can be displayed as well as selected in the dialogs in which you select PLC connection points or addresses to place them blockwise.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_SIGNALRANGE
20389	Function template: Description	Function Connection		Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION
20390	Bus interface: Name (indirect)	Function	The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_INDIRECT
20391	Bus interface: Main bus port (indirect)	Function	Outputs the value of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" or "Multi-line" representation type.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER_INDIRECT
20392	PLC subdevice 4: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_INPUTS
20393	PLC subdevice 5: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_INPUTS
20394	PLC subdevice 6: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_INPUTS
20395	PLC subdevice 7: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_INPUTS
20396	PLC subdevice 8: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_INPUTS
20397	PLC subdevice 9: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_INPUTS
20398	PLC subdevice 10: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_INPUTS
20399	AutomationML GUID (accessories)	Function Connection Connection definition point	In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML AR APC format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_AML_GUID
20400	PLC address	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Full PLC address for channel or PLC connection point. The address is not an identifying characteristic. The format of the address depends on the PLC type. The address must be unique within a CPU. In this context the CPU is identified by means of the full CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU name].	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCADDRESS
20402	Symbolic address	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Manually entered symbolic PLC address of a PLC connection point. This property, if it exists, is transferred on synchronization between overview and schematic.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_MANUAL
20403	Symbolic address (determined)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Using target tracking, the connected sensor (for an input) or actuator (for an output) is found, and its identifying DT is automatically entered as the symbolic address. If no sensor / actuator is found, the identifying DT of the last connected function before the search was canceled is entered. For the determined symbolic address, information from the connection point logic is used to decide at which connection point of the function the search for a sensor / actuator is to be continued.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_CALCULATED
20404	Symbolic address (automatic)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Shows the content of the manually entered symbolic address or, when that is empty, the automatically determined symbolic address.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_AUTOMATIC
20405	Data type	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Data type of a PLC connection point. Meaningful entries are, for example, BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LWORD. The data type depends on the PLC type.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDATATYPE
20406	Plug designation	Function Function template	The designation of the plug is connected to the PLC connection point / channel or device connection point. The plug designation can be transferred from the left (or above), as with terminals and supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_MANUAL
20407	Channel designation	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) Function template	PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_MANUAL
20408	PLC station: ID	Function	PLC station ID at the PLC box. The station ID is used as a grouping element for the network components. As a rule it is assigned depending on the physical place (enclosure, switch box etc.) of the network components.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME
20409	PLC station: Type	Function	PLC station: Type at PLC box. The property should be filled in at each PLC box that represents a CPU or a head station.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSTATIONTYPE
20410	PLC card is placed on rack ID	Function	Describes the rack on which a PLC card is placed.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCRACK
20411	Position (slot / module)	Function	Slot of the PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged on the rack.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSOCKET
20412	Ignore missing bus ID	Function	This settings possibility is designed for devices in bus systems that do not require a bus ID. If this property is activated at a bus port, the missing bus ID is ignored during the execution of check run 004037, and no check run message is issued for this bus port.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLC_IGNORE_BUSADDRESS
20413	Physical network: Name	Function	Designation of the bus bundle or name of the physical network on which the bus port is connected. This name must be unique within the configuration project. Only one bus system can exist within a physical network.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM
20414	Logical network: Name	Function	Name of the logical network to which the bus port belongs. This entry has to be unique within a physical network.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCMASTER
20415	Device description: File name	Function	File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the property Device description: File name, the property Object description or Device description: Index in file must also be specified. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICE_ID
20416	PLC type designation	Function	PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCTYPE_ID
20417	Object description	Function	PLC object description of a PLC card. Can be automatically entered by the device selection.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION
20418	Version	Function	Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules. The value can be automatically entered by the device selection.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCFIRMWARE_VERSION
20419	Start address of PLC card	Function	The value entered here specifies the start value for the address range of a PLC card. At the same time the addressing of the inputs and outputs of this card begins with the start value entered here. This value can also be used as the configuration value for readdressing PLC configurations. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, specify the start value of the inputs here. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS
20420	PLC station: ID (indirect)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) SPS object Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	For a PLC connection point, this shows the station ID of the associated PLC box.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME_INDIRECT
20421	PLC card is placed on rack ID (indirect)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	For a PLC connection point this outputs the rack on which the associated PLC card is placed.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCRACK_INDIRECT
20422	Position / (slot / module) (indirect)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	For a PLC connection point, this shows the slot / module of the associated PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged on the rack.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCSOCKET_INDIRECT
20423	Start address of PLC card (indirect)	Function	Provides the start address entered for the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. The value entered defines the start value for the address range of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_INDIRECT
20424	Logical network: Name (indirect)	Function	Specifies the name of the logical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCMASTER_INDIRECT
20425	Physical network: Name (indirect)	Function	Specifies the name of the physical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM_INDIRECT
20426	Physical network: Bus ID / item number (indirect)	Function	Specifies the name of the bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_INDIRECT
20427	Rack	Function	If the PLC box is a rack, then enter the name of the rack here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCTHISRACK
20428	Channel designation (automatic)	Function	Channel designation of a PLC power supply connection point. Shows either the contents of the manually entered channel designation or the contents of the channel determined by a related I/O connection point.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC
20429	Function template: Template group (multi-line)	Function Connection	Shows the designation of the template group defined in the parts management. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_COMBINATION
20430	Prevent numbering with PLC data	Function	Prevents numbering with PLC data from this PLC connection point.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCPREVENT_NUMERATION
20431	Plug designation (automatic)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Plug designation automatically determined for PLC connection points / channels and device connection points. The plug designation supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC
20432	Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic)	Function	Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE
20433	CPU: Name	Function	Outputs a semicolon-separated list of all the CPU names that are entered at the PLC box. The display is effected without gaps, meaning that empty entries are not listed.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCCPU
20434	CPU (indirect)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports) SPS object Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	Central processing unit, the processor of a PLC controller. Indirect property for requesting the PLC card property at a PLC connection point.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCCPU_INDIRECT
20435	Connection point designation (with plug designation)	Function	Combined property from the plug designation and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION
20436	Channel designation (determined)	Function	PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_CALCULATED
20437	PLC card name	Function	Name of a PLC card (identifying for PLC devices during PLC data exchange in the AutomationML AR APC or Studio 5000 Architect format). The property can be displayed in reports and used as a filter criterion in the navigators. Depending on whether the PLC box represents a PLC card, a rack or a CPU, the PLC card name must be unique within a rack, a station or a configuration project.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCMODULENAME
20438	Deactivated I/O connection point	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	Identifies a deactivated I/O connection point within a channel. A channel can have several I/O connection points, but only one of them can be active. Deactivated connection points are treated as power supplies. For example, when addressing a filled address, the address from the channel is overwritten.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEACTIVATED_IO
20439	Safety address: Target	Function	Safety address at safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the modules that are participants of a safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS
20440	Enclosure legend form	Function Model view	Form that is used to generate an enclosure legend for the mounting panel. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_CAPTIONFORM
20441	Suppress generation of the enclosure legend	Function Model view	Suppresses the generation of an enclosure legend for the model view. The model view is also not taken into consideration during the output of the labeling for the report type "Enclosure legend".	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_FORMEVALUATION
20442	Disable resizing	Function	Blocks the possibility of resizing the box.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_BOXFUNCTION_FIXEDSIZE
20443	Bus interface: Name (with plug designation)	Function	Composite property from bus interface name and plug designation, without a separator. The property supports the identification of bus ports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCBUSINTERFACENAME_AND_PLCPLUG
20444	PLC card is placed on head station	Function	Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE
20445	Function exists with 'Function overview (fluid power)' representation type	Function	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the 'Function overview (fluid power)' representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONALOVERVIEW
20446	Subnet mask	Function	The subnet mask defines the splitting of a bus ID (IP address within an Ethernet-based bus system) into a network component and a device / station component. The subnet mask can be used to specify how many devices can be addressed within a subnet.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_SUBNETMASK
20447	Bus interface: Name	Function Function template	The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME
20448	Bus interface: Main bus port	Function	Identifies a bus port within an interface as the main bus port. This bus port represents the bus interface and bears the data. During exporting the data are read from the main bus port and written into the PLC configuration file.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER
20449	Connection point logic: Target tracking (PLC) to	Function	Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the target tracking should continue. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings.	Function data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_PLCDESTINATIONTRACKING
20450	Legend item	Function Part reference	Defines the position number for displaying the legend in a part placement.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_CAPTIONID
20451	Angle	Part reference Function		Data	Decimal number	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_ROTATIONANGLE
20452	PLC subdevice 11: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_INPUTS
20453	PLC subdevice 12: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_INPUTS
20454	PLC subdevice 2: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INPUTS
20455	PLC subdevice 2: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_OUTPUTS
20456	PLC subdevice 3: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_OUTPUTS
20457	PLC subdevice 4: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_OUTPUTS
20458	X extension of part	Function Part reference	Part extension in the X direction, determined from the box.	Data	Decimal number	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_XSIZE
20459	Y extension of part	Function Part reference	Part extension in the Y direction, determined from the box.	Data	Decimal number	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_YSIZE
20460	Technical characteristics (of main function)	Function Part reference	Technical characteristics of the main function.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC
20461	Function definition (of main function)	Function Part reference	Function definition of the main function.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION
20462	Mounting site (of mounting panel)	Function Part reference	Mounting site of the mounting panel on which the item is placed.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE_MOUNTINGLOCATION
20463	Function text (of main function)	Function Part reference	Shows the function text of the associated main function at a part placement.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONTEXT
20464	Item number	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the position number of a part in indexed form. The value can be either manually or automatically entered in the bill of materials navigator.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR
20465	Mounting panel (identifying)	Function Part reference		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE
20466	Trade	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Device list entry Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning) Segment definition (pre-planning)	Determines the technology to be applied or selected. The following values are possible: 0 = Electrical engineering, 1 = Mechanics, 2 = Hydraulics, 3 = Pneumatics, 4 = Cooling, 5 = Lubrication, 6 = Process engineering, 7 = Cooling lubricant, 8 = Gas engineering, 9 = Fluid power, general.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNC_CRAFT
20467	Subtrade	Connection Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Device list entry Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A trade can consist of multiple so-called "subtrades". For instance, the trade "Cooling" can consist of the subtrades "Water cooling" and "Oil cooling". The specification of subtrades as additional function property makes it possible to construct very detailed reports in EPLAN Fluid.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_SUBCRAFT
20468	Macro	Connection Connection definition point Function	Macro from which the object originates.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_MACRO
20469	Grouped by device	Function	Shows whether the function belongs to a device group.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_INDEVICEGROUP
20470	Function exists with 'Multi-line' representation type	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Multi-line" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CIRCUIT
20471	Function exists with 'Single-line' representation type	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Single-line" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_SINGLELINE
20472	Function exists with 'Pair cross-reference' representation type	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Pair cross-reference" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PAIRCROSSREFERENCE
20473	Function exists with 'Overview' representation type	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Overview" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_OVERVIEW
20474	Function exists with 'P&I diagram' representation type	Function Connection Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "P&I diagram" representation type.	Status	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PROCESSANDINSTDIAGRAM
20475	Device protection	Function Connection Segment (pre-planning)	Specifies whether a device protection is assigned to the function, connection or planning object. The assigned parts cannot be changed at a device / planning object with device protection. All the properties that are assigned through the part (and the function templates stored at the part) are thus protected.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_FIXED_DEVICE
20476	Manage unplaced auxiliary functions at the main function	Function	If this property is activated at a main function, the assigned, unplaced auxiliary functions are managed together with the main function. This means that when the main function is copied and pasted, the unplaced auxiliary functions are also copied and pasted and automatically renamed - analog to the behavior at function templates. If the main function is deleted, the assigned unplaced auxiliary functions are also deleted. This property calculates the value of the relevant main function for auxiliary functions.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_MANAGE_FUNCTIONS
20477	All placements	Function	Outputs the placements of any representation type of the function.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ALLPLACEMENTLOCATIONS
20478	PLC subdevice 5: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_OUTPUTS
20479	PLC subdevice 6: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_OUTPUTS
20480	DT	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows the device tag of the relevant function for a part reference.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_IDENTNAME
20481	Part number	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Part number of the part assigned to a device.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_PARTNO
20482	Number of units / quantity	Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	Number of parts.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_COUNT
20483	Number of units / quantity (placed)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Number of placed parts.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_COUNT_PLACED
20484	Number of units / quantity (unplaced)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Number of unplaced parts.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED
20485	Mounting panel	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Mounting panel on which the part is placed.	Part	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_MOUNTINGPLATE
20486	Record type	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEREF_PARTTYPE
20487	Item number	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	For the part reference, specifies the order in which the parts are output in the bill of materials.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_POSNR
20488	Part variant	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_VARIANT
20489	Function group	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_FUNCTIONGROUP
20490	Part group	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_PIECETYPE
20491	Part allocation	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ASSIGNMENT
20492	Assembly	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLY
20493	Part is included in a module	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Specifies whether the part is a module. Modules are parts (assemblies) with several devices. The module has its own part number. It can contain assemblies and other modules.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_MODULE_PART
20494	Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLEREF_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST
20495	Project part	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Project parts are assigned directly to the project and do not belong to any device. This includes, for instance, parts to be provided with delivery, general installation materials, and so on.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_PROJECTARTICLE
20496	Subset / length	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length with specification of the displayed measuring unit and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH
20497	Subset / length: Value	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length in "meter" and the entry of decimal values is possible.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE
20498	Unit for subset / length	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Displayed measuring unit in which the subset or length of the part is specified. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm 2 = cm 3 = dm 4 = m 5 = Meter 6 = km 8 = Inch 9 = " 10 = In 11 = ft 12 = feet 13 = foot 14 = yd 15 = yard 29 = µm.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT
20499	Total amount (number of units)	Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows how often the relevant part is used in reports (summarized parts list) or in the enclosure legend.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_COUNT_TOTAL
20500	Total cable length	Part reference (summarized representation types)	Placeholder for the summarized parts list, for one cable part, this adds up all lengths of the cables taken into consideration in the report block and for which this cable part is entered. Every cable is considered only once here. The system recognizes a cable part by the fact that the product group "Cables" and the product subgroup "Undefined" are specified on the part.	No category	Decimal number	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_CABLE_LENGTH_SUM
20501	Suppl. field: Text	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field text" (ID 20915) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD
20502	Suppl. field: Yes / No	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field Yes / No" (ID 20916) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export. In a parts list you can, for example, output only those parts for which this property is activated.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD
20503	Total purchase price Currency 1	Part reference (summarized representation types)	Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 1)	No category	Decimal number	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_1
20504	Total purchase price Currency 2	Part reference (summarized representation types)	Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 2)	No category	Decimal number	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_2
20505	Subset / length in unit of project	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT
20506	Subset / length with unit of project	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT
20507	Quantity / subset in unit of project	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT
20508	Part of a part definition	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Parts which are assigned to a part definition do not belong to any specific device. They might belong to parts included in the delivery, general installation materials, etc. In contrast to project parts, parts that are assigned to a part definition are assigned to specific project structures.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_ARTICLEDEFINITION
20509	Number of units / quantity (unplaced, 3D)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Number of parts that are available in the project, but that have not been placed in the layout space.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED_3D
20510	Subset / length (full)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Subset of a part with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. This property may be used in bills of materials, for example.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL
20511	Assembly structure	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYSTRUCTURE
20512	Assembly variant	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYVARIANT
20513	Total length with unit of the project	Part reference (summarized representation types)	This property totals up the lengths of all the functions (for example, cables, connections, routing paths, busbars, etc.) having the same part. The unit of length is specified in the project settings for cables. Only at connections does the unit come from the project settings for connections. You can use the property in forms for the summarized parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length.	No category	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_LENGTH_SUM
20514	Total number of packagings	Part reference (summarized representation types)		No category	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_NUMBEROFPACKAGES
20515	PLC subdevice 7: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_OUTPUTS
20516	PLC subdevice 8: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_OUTPUTS
20517	PLC subdevice 9: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_OUTPUTS
20518	PLC subdevice 10: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_OUTPUTS
20519	PLC subdevice 11: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_OUTPUTS
20520	PLC subdevice 12: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_OUTPUTS
20521	PLC subdevice 1: Name	Function	In this property you specify the device name of the PLC subdevice. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_1
20522	PLC subdevice 2: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_2
20523	PLC subdevice 3: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_3
20524	PLC subdevice 4: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_4
20525	PLC subdevice 5: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_5
20526	PLC subdevice 6: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_6
20527	PLC subdevice 7: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_7
20528	PLC subdevice 8: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_8
20529	PLC subdevice 9: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_9
20530	PLC subdevice 10: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_10
20531	PLC subdevice 11: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_11
20532	PLC subdevice 12: Name	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_12
20533	PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module)	Function	In this property you specify in which slot / at which position on the PLC card this PLC subdevice is located. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1
20534	PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2
20535	PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3
20536	PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4
20537	PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5
20538	PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6
20539	PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7
20540	PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8
20541	PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9
20542	PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10
20543	PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11
20544	PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12
20545	Block property: Format (function text, automatic)	Function	Format for combining an automatic function text. The display of this function text defined by using the block property in the graphical editor is carried out via the placed property Function text (automatic). If a manual function text was entered at a function additionally, the Function text (automatic) property displays this text.	Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTIONTEXT
20547	PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2
20548	PLC device: Data length (inputs)	Function	Required length in the address space for the inputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS
20549	PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2
20550	PLC device: Data length (outputs)	Function	Required length in address space for the outputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS
20551	PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3
20552	PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4
20553	PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5
20554	PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6
20555	PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7
20556	PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8
20557	PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9
20558	PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10
20559	PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11
20560	PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3
20561	PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4
20562	PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5
20563	PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6
20564	PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7
20565	PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8
20566	PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9
20567	PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10
20568	PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11
20569	PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12
20570	PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs)	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12
20571	PLC device: Data length (inputs)	Part	Property of a part variant. Required length in the address space for the inputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS
20572	PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2
20573	PLC device: Data length (outputs)	Part	Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the outputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS
20574	PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2
20575	Symbol			Symbol data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_SYMBOL
20576	Drive	Function	Drive systems consist of different components such as motors, converters, sensors etc. Such components belonging to a drive can be grouped by means of this property. Through the index up to 64 drives can be assigned to a function.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 64	No	FUNC_PLCAXIS_DESIGNATION
20577	Drive: Device type	Function	For devices that are assigned to a drive you specify the type of device, for example "Synchronous motor", "Converter", "Encoder", etc., more exactly. The values to be entered for the device type are usually specified by the device manufacturer. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PLCAXIS_DEVICETYPE
20578	Channel designation (automatic): Suppress search	Function	Prevents the automatic assignment of a channel designation. If this property is activated at a PLC connection point, the Channel designation (automatic) property remains empty, in as far as no manual value was entered for the channel designation.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_SUPRESS_SEARCH_CHANNELDESIGNATION
20579	Plug designation (automatic): Suppress search	Function	Prevents the automatic assignment of a plug designation. If this property is activated at a PLC connection point, the Plug designation (automatic) property remains empty, in as far as no manual value was entered for the plug designation.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_SUPRESS_SEARCH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION
20580	PLC device: TemplateIdentifier	Function	Name of a template that is used for the exchange of a device in the PLC configuration program with preset, user-defined part properties. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PLCTEMPLATEREFERENCE
20581	Configuration project (automatic, at bus ports)	Function	Outputs the manually entered configuration project at a bus port or, if it is empty, the configuration project of the associated PLC box (main function).	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT_AUTOMATIC
20582	PLC subdevice 2: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_2
20583	PLC subdevice 3: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_3
20584	PLC subdevice 4: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_4
20585	PLC subdevice 5: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_5
20586	PLC subdevice 6: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_6
20587	PLC subdevice 7: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_7
20588	PLC subdevice 8: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_8
20589	PLC subdevice 9: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_9
20590	PLC subdevice 10: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_10
20591	PLC subdevice 11: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_11
20592	PLC subdevice 12: PLC type designation	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_12
20593	PLC subdevice 2: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_2
20594	PLC subdevice 3: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_3
20595	PLC subdevice 4: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_4
20596	PLC subdevice 5: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_5
20597	PLC subdevice 6: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_6
20598	PLC subdevice 7: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_7
20599	PLC subdevice 8: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_8
20600	PLC subdevice 9: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_9
20601	PLC subdevice 10: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_10
20602	PLC subdevice 11: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_11
20603	PLC subdevice 12: Device description: Index in file	Function		PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_12
20604	PLC subdevice 1: Data length (outputs)	Function	Required length in address space for the outputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_1
20605	PLC subdevice 1: Data length (inputs)	Function	Required length in address space for the inputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_1
20606	PLC subdevice 1: Device description: Index in file	Function	Index for PLC subdevice 1 in the device description file of a PLC card. This property has to be filled for PLC subdevices if these are expected as independent devices in the PLC configuration program and are identified via a device description file and the associated index. The device description file is specified at the PLC box (main device). Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_1
20607	PLC subdevice 1: PLC type designation	Function	PLC type designation for a PLC subdevice 1 of a PLC card. If a PLC type designation is entered at the main device as well, the device identification for PLC subdevices that are treated as independent devices in the PLC configuration program is effected by means of this property. The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_1
20608	PLC subdevice 1: Start address (outputs)	Function	Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 1 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_1_OUTPUTS
20609	PLC subdevice 1: Start address (inputs)	Function	Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 1 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_1_INPUTS
20610	Symbolic address: Group	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	With this property you can group areas of symbolic addresses in the assignment list, for example inputs, outputs, safety addresses, etc. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_GROUP
20611	Connection point logic: Source / target	Function		Function data	Integer	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_LOGDEF_SRC_OR_DEST
20612	Can have parts data	Function Connection		No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_CANHAVEARTICLEDATA
20613	Standard gateway	Function	Packets that cannot be directly forwarded within a LAN are sent to the standard gateway (e.g. a router).	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLC_STANDARDGATEWAY
20614	PLC station: TemplateIdentifier	Function	Name of a workstation-specific template that is used for the exchange of devices with user-defined part properties preset in the PLC configuration program. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents. The property should be filled in within the corresponding workstation at each PLC box that represents a CPU or a head station.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSTATION_TEMPLATEIDENTIFIER
20615	Safety address: Source	Function	Safety address at safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the module that is the source of the safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS
20616	Safety address: Upper value	Function	Safety address (upper value) at safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. This property serves solely for displaying information. The value is filled during the import of PLC configuration data in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS
20617	Safety address: Lower value	Function	Safety address (lower value) at safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. This property serves solely for displaying information. The value is filled during the import of PLC configuration data in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS
20618	Symbolic address: UDT (name)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	With this property you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. When using this property you additionally have to specify the data type in the "Symbolic address: UDT (data type)" property.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT
20619	Symbolic address: UDT (data type)	Function Free symbolic address (in reports)	When using the "Symbolic address: UDT (name)" property specify the associated user-defined data type here. With these two properties you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. The actual structure of the UDT is only required in the PLC configuration program and only specified there.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT_DATATYPE
20806	Terminal / plug diagram form	Function	Name of the terminal or plug diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug. If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_FORM
20808	Saddle jumper option	Function	Indicates the saddle jumper option: 0 = Automatic 1 = Manual, start of jumper 2 = Manual, center of jumper 3 = Manual, end of jumper 4 = No automatic jumper 5 = Automatic, start of jumper 6 = Automatic, end of jumper. The settings for automatic saddle jumpers are only available for terminals. The settings for manual saddle jumpers are only available for pins.	Settings	Integer	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPERBAR
20809	Sort code (terminal / pin)	Function	Specifies the order of the pins at plugs. Specifies the order within the terminal device at terminals. If several terminals/pins have the same sort code or the sort code is empty; these are sorted in the sequence of their designation.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE
20810	Sorting (graphical)	Function	Specifies that the terminal next to the terminal on the left or above should be sorted in (depending on the settings for DT acceptance).	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE_GRAPHIC
20811	Allow same designations	Function	This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within the terminal strip may occur several times. If you place the terminals in several representation types, you should not activate this setting and define each terminal uniquely. Otherwise there may be problems in global editing.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_CANHAVESAMENAME
20812	Numbered using PLC data	Function	Shows whether the DT (or the terminal / pin designation) was changed by numbering with PLC data. The property is automatically set when numbering but can also be set manually.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CHANGEDBYPLCNUM
20813	Continue numbering with PLC data beyond this function	Function	If this property is activated at a function where the end of the numbering has been reached, then functions connected to this function are also numbered.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_CONTINUEPLCNUM
20851	No output to terminal / plug diagram	Function	Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal or plug diagram.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_NODIAGRAM
20852	Terminal / plug connection diagram form	Function	Name of the terminal or pin-connection diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug. If you assign a value using the API interface, please ensure that the relevant master data is available in the project.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM
20853	No output to terminal-connection / pin-connection diagram	Function	Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal- or pin-connection diagram.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM
20854	Connected PLC address	Function	PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_MANUAL
20855	Connected PLC address (automatic)	Function	PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals (can be automatically determined over several terminals/pins).	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_AUTOMATIC
20856	Plugs: Coding	Function	Coding is useful in order to distinguish between several plugs. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property (ID 22103) of the same name of the associated part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PLUGCODING
20857	No output to terminal-strip / plug overview	Function	Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal strip or plug overview.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_NOOVERVIEW
20858	Identifier for reports	Function	The property can be used in filters for conditional forms to specify the subform to be reported in the main form. The value of the part property "Identifier for reports" (ID 22214) is displayed via the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER
20859	No output to terminal line-up diagram	Function	Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition in the terminal line-up diagram.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNC_TERMINAL_NOLINEUPDIAGRAM
20861	Device group main function	Function	Identifies the function as the main function of a device group.	General	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNC_IS_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION
20862	DT (identifying) of device group main function	Function	Shows the DT of the device group main function for all functions of all devices belonging to the device group.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNC_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION_IDENTNAME
20863	Pipe class	Function Function template	The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_PIPECLASS
20864	Material	Function		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNC_MATERIAL
20865	Nominal pressure level	Function	The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point).	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_PRESSURELEVEL
20866	Hose line length	Function	Length of a hose line, is used in the hose line identification.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_HOSE_LENGTH
20867	Hose line identification	Function	The hose line identification in EPLAN fulfills the specifications of the hose line standard DIN 20066 and is made up of the values of the following data: Abbreviation of the manufacturer Value of the working pressure + Unit of the pressure indication Year + Month of manufacturing	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_HOSE_MARKING
20868	Manufacturing date	Function	Manufacturing date (Year + Month), is used in the hose line identification.	Data	Time / Date	No	No	FUNC_HOSE_CREATEDATE
20869	Torsion angle	Function	The torsion angle is the angle that is specified when two elbow fittings have to be mounted offset to each other at the hose.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNC_ROTATION_ANGLE
20870	Max. working pressure	Function	Working pressure with specification of the unit, is used in the hose line identification.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNC_PRESSURE
20901	Supplementary field	Function Structure box Terminal strip (in reports) Interruption point Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	A max. of 1,000 supplementary fields can be defined for the function using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNC_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD
20902	Function group	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. A max. of 50 function groups can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP
20903	Part group	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. A max. of 50 part groups can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PIECETYPE
20904	Part allocation	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part. A max. of 50 part assignments can be defined using the index.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSIGNMENT
20905	Assembly	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY
20906	Part is included in a module	Function	Specifies whether this part is part of a module. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_MODULE_PART
20907	Spare part	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_SPARE
20908	Wearing part	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_WEAR
20909	Service time	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_LIFETIME
20910	Stress	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions). A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_STRESS
20911	Procurement	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Estimated time required to obtain the part. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_USAGE
20912	Lubrication / maintenance	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE
20913	Trade of part reference	Project Function	Trade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Data	Integer	Yes, 50	No	PROJ_ARTICLEREF_CRAFT
20914	Subtrade of part reference	Function Project	Subtrade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	No	PROJ_ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT
20915	Suppl. field: Text	Connection Function Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Entry is effected in the user interface via a text box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Text" (ID 20501) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD
20916	Supplementary field Yes / No	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Entry is effected in the user interface via a check box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Yes / No" (ID 20502) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export.	Part	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD
20917	External placement	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT
20918	Part: Mounting surface	Connection Function Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A max. of 50 mounting surfaces can be defined using the index.	Part	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE
20919	Order number	Connection Function Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A max. of 50 order numbers can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ORDERNR
20920	Supplier	Connection Function Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A max. of 50 suppliers can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPLIER
20921	Manufacturer	Connection Function Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	A max. of 50 manufacturers can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER
20922	Assembly structure	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)		No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_STRUCTURE
20923	Assembly variant	Function Connection Connection definition point Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)		Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLYVARIANT
20924	Bill of materials group	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP
20930	Messages in message management	Function Interruption point Connection Connection definition point Part reference Part Segment (pre-planning)	Shows (after a check run) whether messages were generated for a function. These messages can be seen in message management. The property can also be used in the block properties. If messages are available relating to the function; the value "X" is output.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	MESSAGEMGMT_MESSAGES
21000	Connection point designations	Function template	A max. of 1,000 designations can be defined using the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESIGNATION
21001	Symbol (compatibility)	Function template		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOL
21002	Index for additional data	Function template	Identifying data for the function template. The meaning is dependent on the function that is to be displayed with the function template.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 2	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_INDEX
21003	Intrinsically safe	Function template	Shows whether the function is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_INTRINSICALLYSAFE
21004	Function definition	Function template		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION
21005	Subordinate DT / DT ID	Function template	In case of nested devices, indicates the subordinate DT. Example: If a lamp "-H1" is located in a black box "-U1", "-H1" is the subordinate DT, and "-U1" is the higher-level DT.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_NESTEDDEVICETAG
21006	Safety function	Function template	Shows whether a function is relevant to safety.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_SAFETYRELEVANT
21007	Connection point descriptions	Function template	Up to 1,000 descriptions can be specified using the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESCRIPTION
21008	Symbol macro (compatibility)	Function template		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOLMACRO
21009	Part number / name	Accessories (entered at the part)	Part number of an accessory part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTNR
21010	Variant	Accessories (entered at the part)	Part variant of an accessory part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_VARIANT
21011	Record type	Accessories (entered at the part)	Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTTYPE
21012	Accessory placement	Accessories (entered at the part)	Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to an accessory part. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT
21013	Accessory placement	Accessory list entry	Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to the components of an accessory list. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT
21014	Installation variant	Accessory part in accessory placements	Installation variant of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Here, you assign a name to a specific placement variant of the accessory placement.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_NAME
21015	Base point	Accessory part in accessory placements	Base point of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Base points are fixed defined mounting points in the layout space; they can be selected in parts management from a drop-down list.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_REFERENCEPOINT
21016	Rotation	Accessory part in accessory placements	Rotation angle of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. During the placement of the accessories, the accessory part is rotated by the angle stated here.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ROTATION
21017	Offset in X-direction	Accessory part in accessory placements	Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_XSPACING
21018	Offset in Y-direction	Accessory part in accessory placements	Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_YSPACING
21019	Offset in Z-direction	Accessory part in accessory placements	Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ZSPACING
21020	Can be moved	Accessory part in accessory placements	Specifies whether the placed accessory part can be moved in the enclosure or whether it is a fixed element of the enclosure. If the property is deactivated, the "Item is fastened unmovably to the superior item" (ID 36010) property will be activated automatically.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_MOVABLE
21021	Connection point cross-section / diameter	Function template	Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters.	No category	Value with unit	Yes, 1000	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_CROSSSECTION
21023	Template group (multi-line)	Function template	By means of this property the function templates of connected functions can be combined into a logical unit. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_COMBINATION
21024	Function definition: Category / Group / Definition	Function template		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTEMPLATE_CATEGORY_GROUP_ID
21025	Item	Function template		Data	Integer	No	No	FUNCTIONTEMPLATE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION_SUBTYPE
21040	Part number		Part number of an assembly / module component.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_PARTNUMBER
21041	Variant			Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_PARTVARIANT
21042	Quantity			Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_COUNT
21043	Length			Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_LENGTH
21044	DT			Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_DEVICETAG
21045	DT ID			Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_DEVICETAGID
21046	Item number		In this property you can enter additional information on a part of an assembly, e.g. the item number of the mounting accessories from the hook-up. The property can, for example, be displayed in reports of the "Assembly/Module overview" type or used for filtering there.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_POSNUMBER
21047	Supplementary text		In this property you can enter additional information on a part of an assembly, e.g. the design of the mounting accessories from the hook-up. The property can, for example, be displayed in reports of the "Assembly/Module overview" type or used for filtering there.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEHIERARCHY_ADDITIONALTEXT
22000	Trade 'Process engineering'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_PROCESS
22001	Part number	Part Deleted part (base object) User-defined part	The part number is identifying for a part, it combines the variants of a part. In the case of part variants, the combination of part number and variant designation is the identifier. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible for the part number, but only the first 96 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PARTNR
22002	Type number	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Outputs the type number of the part entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General".	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_TYPENR
22003	Order number	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ORDERNR
22004	Part: Designation 1	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		General	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DESCR1
22005	Part: Designation 2	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		General	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DESCR2
22006	Part: Designation 3	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		General	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DESCR3
22007	Manufacturer	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Short name of the manufacturer.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER
22008	Supplier	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Short name of the supplier.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SUPPLIER
22009	Description	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		General	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_NOTE
22010	Graphical macro	Part reference Part Part reference (summarized representation types)	3D macro that can be placed in the 3D mounting layout / in layout spaces. This macro can be stored at a part.	Mounting data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_MACRO
22012	Height	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_HEIGHT
22013	Width	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_WIDTH
22014	Depth	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DEPTH
22017	Technical characteristics	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CHARACTERISTICS
22018	Graphical macro (without macro directory name)	Part reference Part Part reference (summarized representation types)	Name of the graphics macro (CAD number) for the 2D panel layout, without the directory.	Mounting data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLE_MACRONAME
22019	Bus coupler / head station	Part	Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus coupler or as a head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCISBUSCOUPLER
22020	CPU	Part	Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCISCPU
22022	Mounting surface	Part Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Mounting data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE
22023	Record type	Part Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern Deleted part (base object) User-defined part	This property shows the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. For parts data and for addresses you can change the record type via the drop-down list (for parts data: component, assembly, module; for addresses: customer, manufacturer / supplier).	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PARTTYPE
22024	Variant	Part Deleted part (base object)	Property of a part variant. Shows the designation of the variant, up to 3 characters may be entered. A part always has at least one variant. By default, the variant designation "1" is assigned to the first variant of each part.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_VARIANT
22025	Accessory code	Part	This property should no longer be used and is only available with old EPLAN versions for reasons of compatibility. In older EPLAN projects (created with Version 1.9 or older), this property was used to assign accessory parts to a part; parts and accessory parts with the same accessory code were grouped together.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ACCESSORYID
22026	Function group	Part	This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP
22027	Part group	Part	Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PIECETYPE
22028	Product subgroup	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	Outputs the product subgroup entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management.	General	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PRODUCTSUBGROUP
22030	Cable type / Type designation	Part	Property of a part variant. The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLETYPE
22031	Number of connections	Part	Property of a part variant. Number of cable connections.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECOUNT
22032	Connection: Cross-section / diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. Connection cross-section / diameter of the cable connection of a cable. For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. A corresponding property "External diameter" exists for the external diameter.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION
22033	Voltage	Part	Property of a part variant. Coil operating voltage or of the component (connection point voltage for electricity consumers). At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_VOLTAGE
22034	Cable assignment diagram form	Part	Property of a part variant. Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. When selecting a part the contents of this property are transferred to the main function. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLEDISPLAYFORM
22035	Plugs: Number of pins	Part	Property of a part variant. Number of pins in the plug.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PINCOUNT
22036	Connection point cross-section	Part	Property of a part variant. Evaluates a value calculated on the "Properties" tab in parts management and outputs it in a report, e.g. a terminal diagram, and displays it at the terminal in the schematic. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION
22037	Device description: File name	Part	Property of a part variant. File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the property Device description: File name, the property Object description or Device description: Index in file must also be specified. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_ID
22038	Object description	Part	Property of a part variant. Outputs the object description for parts in the "PLC" product group that has been entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "PLC data".	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION
22040	Distributed placement of assembly	Part	Property of a part variant. Controls how an assembly acts in EPLAN Pro Panel: If the property is enabled, the assembly is broken apart in EPLAN Pro Panel, so that the single parts can be individually placed (for example main switch distributed between panel and door). If the property is not enabled, the assemblies act as contactors with auxiliary contacts that are placed together and are defined as an assembly in the bill of materials.		Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_POS_PLACE_SPREADED
22041	Product group	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	Outputs the product group entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management.	General	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PRODUCTGROUP
22042	Quantity unit	Part		Prices / Other	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_QUANTITYUNIT
22043	Price unit	Part		Prices / Other	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PRICEUNIT
22044	Group number	Part	Outputs the group number entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data". The group number is used to differentiate between individual parts groups.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPNUMBER
22045	Image file	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Outputs the name of the image file which has been assigned to the part in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Mounting data".	Mounting data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PICTUREFILE
22046	Weight	Part	Part weight in kg.	Mounting data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_WEIGHT
22047	Space requirement	Part		Mounting data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSPACE
22048	Certification: General	Part	Text identifier for a certificate or test number, which is assigned on the basis of a safety check.	Certifications	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE
22049	Certification: UL File Number	Part	Identifier of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. You can enter e.g. UL certifications, UL file numbers, or other test numbers here.	Certifications	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_UL
22050	Certification: VDE	Part	Identifier of the Association for Electrical Engineering, Electronics, Information Technology.	Certifications	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_VDE
22051	Attributes	Part Drilling pattern Accessory list Accessory placement Connection point pattern User-defined part	Shows indexed the values of the attributes which have been assigned to a part variant in the parts management on the "Properties" > "Data" hierarchy level tab. Attributes are independent of the part type.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	ARTICLE_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE
22052	Power supply	Part	Property of a part variant. Identifies the device as a power supply.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY
22053	Bus distribution device	Part	Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus distribution device.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR
22054	Part is accessory	Part		Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_IS_ACCESSORY
22055	Length (prefabricated)	Part	Property of a part variant. Length of cables, bundles, pipes, tubes and wires is stored internally in the unit "meter" and is converted to the unit selected for the display. What is meant here is the "unchangeable" length with which a part is to be used, not the delivery length.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLELENGTH
22056	ERP number	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Unique part number in an external ERP system. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible for the part ERP number, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to assign the same value for all part variants.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ERPNR
22058	Delivery length	Part	Delivery length of the parts. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value of the delivery length from the parts management. You can use the property in forms for the parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DELIVERYLENGTH
22059	Weight in displayed unit	Part Part reference		Mounting data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_WEIGHT_DISPLAY_UNIT
22060	Unique part ID	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	This property (cannot be seen in the user interface above) uniquely identifies the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_UNIQUEID
22063	Min. bending radius	Part	Property of a part variant. Minimum bending radius of the cable with information about the unit in mm, e.g. "8 mm".		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS
22064	Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Property of a part variant. This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP".		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLEDESIGNATION
22065	External diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. External diameter (in mm).		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_OUTERDIAMETER
22066	Copper weight	Part	Property of a part variant. Specifies the proportion of copper in the cable. Since copper is calculated on the current daily value, the copper price is calculated separately from the costs of manufacture of the cable and added to the cable price. In order to avoid minute numerical values, the unit kg/km is used for the entry, for example 33. The following formula can be used to calculate how high the copper price is: For 100 m cable: Copper weight(CU-notation - Basic official price)/1000 Example: Copper surcharge for the cable (N)YM(ST)-J5x1,5/1,5, Basic official price: 300, Day official price: 425 Calculation: 7.7 (425 - 300)/1000 = EUR 0.96 CU surcharge (for 100 m)		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_COPPERNUMBER
22067	Weight / length	Part	Property of a part variant. Entry here is relative to the unit kg/km, e.g., "67".		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CABLEWEIGHT
22068	Unit for connection cross-section / diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. Unit for the cross-section or diameter of the connections of a cable or conduit. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm².		Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
22069	No. of connections and cross-section / diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x". For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_AND_DIAMETER
22070	Voltage type	Part	Property of a part variant. Used for the entry of the voltage type (AC / DC). At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_VOLTAGETYPE
22071	Current	Part	Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_ELECTRICALCURRENT
22072	Switching capacity	Part	Property of a part variant. Electrical switching capacity (in watt) of a contact at coils of contactors and relays or of a component. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_ELECTRICALPOWER
22073	Holding power	Part	Property of a part variant. Maximum holding power (in mVA) of contactor and relay coils. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_HOLDINGPOWER
22074	Max. power dissipation	Part	Property of a part variant. Specification of the maximum power dissipation (in watt) at coils of contactors and relays. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_POWERDISSIPATION
22075	Tripping current	Part	Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_TRIGGERCURRENT
22077	Subtrade 'Electrical engineering'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_ELECTRICAL
22078	Mounting panel: Mounting space	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PANELMOUNTINGSPACE
22079	Door: Mounting space	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORMOUNTINGSPACE
22080	Color	Part	Property of a part variant. This property is available for terminals and wires and is used to show the color of the terminal or the wire.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_COLOR
22081	Material	Part Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	Property of a part variant.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_MATERIAL
22082	Terminals: Degree of protection	Part	Property of a part variant.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DEGOFPROTECTION
22084	Terminals: Cross-section from	Part	Property of a part variant. Permissible connection cross-section in mm².		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONFROM
22085	Terminals: Cross-section to	Part	Property of a part variant. Permissible connection cross-section in mm².		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONTILL
22086	Terminals: AWG from	Part	Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the connection cross-section of cables.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_AWGFROM
22087	Terminals: AWG to	Part	Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the connection cross-section of cables.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_AWGTILL
22088	Terminals: Current IEC	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CURRENTIEC
22089	Terminals: Voltage IEC	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_VOLTAGEIEC
22090	Terminals: Current UL	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CURRENTUL
22091	Terminals: Voltage UL	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_VOLTAGEUL
22092	Terminals: Current CSA	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CURRENTCSA
22093	Terminals: Voltage CSA	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_VOLTAGECSA
22094	Subtrade 'Mechanics'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_MECHANICS
22095	Plugs: Pin arrangement	Part	Property of a part variant. The pin arrangement designates the number, distance, and arrangement of pins within a plug.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CONTACTOR_ARRANGEMENT
22096	Plugs: Clearance	Part	Property of a part variant. The clearance is defined as the shortest distance through the air between two conductive parts. For the calculation of minimum clearance, besides the rated surge voltage, the degree of pollution is also needed.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_AIRGAP
22097	Plugs: Creepage distance	Part	Property of a part variant. The creepage distance is defined as the shortest distance along the surface of an insulator between two conducting parts. This insulation does not depend on the length of voltage load.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_CREEPAGEDISTANCE
22098	Plugs: Standard / inverse	Part	Property of a part variant. In telecommunications technology, the inverse constructions of DIN 41612 plugs have become the standard. The term "inverse" here means that female and male pins are found on the same side of the plug.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_STANDARDINVERS
22099	Plugs: Pin type	Part	Property of a part variant. Type of pin, e.g. standard, nickel-plated, etc.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CONTACTTYPE
22100	Plugs: Type of construction	Part	Property of a part variant. Type of plug construction according to specifications in the manufacturer catalog or according to DIN 41 612.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DESIGN
22101	Plugs: Connecting technique	Part	Property of a part variant. Connection techniques, for example conductor plate connection, crimp connection, etc.		Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CONNECTIONMETHOD
22102	Plugs: Leading pins	Part	Property of a part variant. Number of leading pins in the plug.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ADVANCECONTACTS
22103	Plugs: Coding	Part	Property of a part variant. Coding is required in order to distinguish between several plugs.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CODING
22104	Version	Part	Property of a part variant. Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_FIRMWAREVERSION
22105	PLC type designation	Part	Property of a part variant. PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCTYPE
22106	Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic)	Part	Property of a part variant. Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE
22107	Sales price Currency 1	Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_1
22108	Sales price Currency 2	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_2
22109	Purchase price/price unit Currency 1	Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_1
22110	Purchase price/price unit Currency 2	Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_2
22111	Purchase price/packaging Currency 1	Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_1
22112	Purchase price/packaging Currency 2	Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_2
22113	Certification: CE	Part	Certificate of the Communauté Européene certificate, i.e. the previous European Community. The CE certification is a prerequisite for teh he first placing on the market of products for which a CE certification in accordance with special EU directives is required, namely in all member states of the European Economic Area.	Certifications	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_CE
22114	Intrinsically safe	Part	Property of a part variant. Shows whether the part is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid).		Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_INTRINSICSAFETY
22115	Short-circuit proof	Part	Property of a part variant. Shows whether a cable is short-circuit proof. In this case, it is guaranteed that the cable will not burn through between individual conductors in case of a short circuit.		Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_SHORTCIRCUITRESISTANT
22116	Mounting panel: Usable height	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PANELHEIGHT
22117	Mounting panel: Usable width	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PANELWIDTH
22118	Mounting panel: Max. mounting depth	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PANELDEPTH
22119	Door: Usable height	Part	Property of a part variant. Door opening height.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORHEIGHT
22120	Door: Usable width	Part	Property of a part variant. Door opening width.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORWIDTH
22121	Door: Max. mounting depth	Part	Property of a part variant.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORDEPTH
22122	Quantity/packaging	Part	Number of quantity units that are contained in a packaging unit.	Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PACKAGINGQUANTITY
22123	Number of PE conductors	Part	Number of PE / PEN cable conductors.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLE_PE_WIRE_COUNT
22124	Max. working pressure	Part	Property of a part variant. Working pressure (in bar).		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PRESSURE
22125	Control range	Part	Property of a part variant. Control range for the working pressure (in bar).		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE
22126	Flow	Part	Property of a part variant. Enter how many liters per minute can flow through the part.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_FLOW
22127	Thread	Part	Property of a part variant. Thread information.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_THREAD
22128	Inner diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. Internal diameter (in mm).		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_INNERDIAMETER
22129	Length of stroke	Part	Property of a part variant. Length of stroke (in mm).		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_STROKELENGTH
22130	Connection point	Part	Property of a part variant.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CONNECTION
22131	Trade 'Electrical engineering'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL
22132	Trade 'Fluid power'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID
22133	Trade 'Mechanics'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_MECHANICS
22134	Trade 'Hydraulics'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_HYDRAULICS
22135	Trade 'Pneumatics'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_PNEUMATICS
22136	Trade 'Lubrication'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_LUBRICATION
22137	Trade 'Cooling'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLING
22138	Generic product group	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	Outputs the generic product group entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management.	General	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_PRODUCTTOPGROUP
22139	Wearing part	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_WEAR
22140	Spare part	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SPARE
22141	Lubrication / maintenance	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE
22142	Service time	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_LIFETIME
22143	Stress	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_STRESS
22144	Procurement	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Estimated time required to obtain the part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_USAGE
22145	Schematic macro	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	2D macro which can be placed on schematic path pages as well as 2D panel layout pages. This macro can be stored at a part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO
22146	Free properties: Displayed name	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Description of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_DESCRIPTION
22147	Free properties: Value	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_VALUE
22148	Free properties: Unit	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Unit for the value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_UNIT
22149	External document 1	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1
22150	External document 2	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2
22151	External document 3	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3
22152	Mounting clearance Width: Left	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_LEFT
22153	Mounting clearance Width: Right	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_RIGHT
22154	Mounting clearance Height: Above	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_ABOVE
22155	Mounting clearance Height: Below	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_BELOW
22156	Mounting clearance Depth: Front	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_FRONT
22157	Mounting clearance Depth: Rear	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SPACING_REAR
22158	Subtrade 'Hydraulics'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_HYDRAULICS
22159	Subtrade 'Pneumatics'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PNEUMATICS
22160	Door fold	Part	Rabbet strength of door opening.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOOR_RABBET
22161	Door opening: Offset top	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_TOP
22162	Door opening: Offset right	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_RIGHT
22163	Overhang: Side panel front	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONFRONT
22164	Overhang: Side panel back	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBACK
22165	Overhang: Side panel top	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONTOP
22166	Overhang: Side panel bottom	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM
22167	Distance side panel	Part	Distance side panel from profile level.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDISTANCE
22168	Side panel: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDEPTH
22169	Overhang: Rear panel left	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONLEFT
22170	Overhang: Rear panel right	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT
22171	Overhang: Rear panel top	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONTOP
22172	Overhang: Rear panel bottom	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM
22173	Distance rear panel	Part	Distance rear panel from profile level.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELDISTANCE
22174	Rear panel: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REARPANELDPEPTH
22175	Overhang: Cover left	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONLEFT
22176	Overhang: Cover right	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT
22177	Overhang: Cover front	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONFRONT
22178	Overhang: Cover back	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONBACK
22179	Distance cover	Part	Distance of roof from profile level.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELDISTANCE
22180	Cover: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TOPPANELDPEPTH
22181	Overhang: Base left	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONLEFT
22182	Overhang: Base right	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT
22183	Overhang: Base front	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONFRONT
22184	Overhang: Base back	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONBACK
22185	Distance base	Part	Distance of roof from profile level.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDISTANCE
22186	Base: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDEPTH
22187	Profile horizontal: Height	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PROFILEHEIGHT
22188	Profile horizontal: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PROFILEDEPTH
22189	Profile vertical: Width	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_VPROFILEWIDTH
22190	Profile vertical: Depth	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_VPROFILEDPETH
22191	Adjoining distance	Part	Shows the spacing (in mm) between multiple enclosures lined up next to each other.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_PROFILEDISTANCE
22192	Door: Type	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORTYPE
22193	Door: Hinge	Part	Indicates whether the hinge of the door is attached on the left or the right.		Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_HINGEPOSITION
22194	Door: Wall thickness	Part	Wall thickness of the door (in mm).		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DOORTHICKNESS
22195	Subtrade 'Lubrication'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_LUBRICATION
22196	Subtrade 'Cooling'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLING
22197	Subtrade 'Process engineering'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PROCESS
22198	Width top	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_WIDTHTOP
22199	Width bottom	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_WIDTHBOTTOM
22200	Busbars: Profile geometry D x H (only EPLAN Cabinet)	Part	Profile geometry of the busbar system.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_BARGEOMETRY
22201	Busbars: Number of rails	Part			Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_BARCOUNT
22202	Busbars: Rail spacing	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BARDISTANCE
22203	Busbars: Distance between rails and mounting panel	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BARMOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE
22204	Busbar support: Part number	Part	Part number of busbar support within a busbar system.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERPARTNR
22205	Busbar support: Part variant	Part	Part variant of busbar support within a busbar system.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERVARIANT
22207	Busbar support: Vertical offset	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_INSERTPOINTOFFSETX
22208	Barcode number	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Barcodes are used to give goods a unique identification. Different coding standards are used internationally, e.g. the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number). In addition, companies use company-specific or industrial standards. The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts; it cannot be translated, however.	Prices / Other	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_IDENTCODE
22209	Barcode type	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows the type of coding for a barcode, e.g. 2D code, EAN/GTIN, ISBN etc. The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts; it cannot be translated.	Prices / Other	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_IDENTTYPE
22210	External document	Part			Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT
22211	Clip-on height	Part	The clip-on height describes the position in the side view or from the top / bottom. When it is placed on a mounting rail, the item is automatically placed on the rail to the correct mounting depth. If the rail is replaced, the item will "move" to the top. The item is thus aligned above the top edge on the basis of the value entered here, rather than on the underside of the rail.	Mounting data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SNAPHEIGHT
22212	API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in	Part Address (part) Accessory placement Accessory list Connection point pattern Drilling pattern	This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the EPLAN parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_INDEX
22213	API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in	Part Address (part) Accessory placement Accessory list Connection point pattern Drilling pattern	This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the EPLAN parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 100	No	ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_VALUE
22214	Identifier for reports	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	You can enter a code in this property that is reported in filters for conditional forms. The property is entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data for reports".		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER
22215	Center mismatch	Part	If you do not want the part to be centered in the front view, enter the offset relative to the middle of the mounting rail. The item will then be automatically offset by this value.	Mounting data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_MIDDLEOFFSET
22216	Wall thickness	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_WALLTHICKNESS
22217	Drilling pattern	Part	The drilling pattern stored at the part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_REF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME
22218	Coil: Voltage	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_COILVOLTAGE
22219	Texture	Part	Name of the image file that is mapped during part placement in the layout space on the front side of the placed 3D object. Using an image file as texture displays the surface of a 3D model in more detail and more realistically or illustrates the photo of an original item.	Mounting data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ECABINET_MACRO
22220	External placement	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports.	Mounting data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT
22221	Discount	Part		Prices / Other	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DISCOUNT
22222	Manufacturer name	Part	Full name of the manufacturer.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER_NAME
22223	Supplier name	Part	Full name of the supplier.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLE_SUPPLIER_NAME
22224	Pipe class	Part Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	Property of a part variant. The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PIPECLASS
22225	Nominal width	Part Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	This property should no longer be used and is only available with old EPLAN versions for reasons of compatibility. In older EPLAN projects (created with version 2.2 or earlier), this property was used to assign the diameter of a pipe / hose line or the size / connection dimension of a control valve (valve, slide) to a part variant. Together with the nominal pressure level, the nominal width defines all dimensions of a pipe. The designation DN ("diameter nominal") is used to specify the nominal width, followed by a number without a unit that is roughly equivalent to the inner diameter in millimeters.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_WIDTHRATING
22226	Nominal pressure level	Part Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	Property of a part variant. The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point).		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_PRESSURELEVEL
22227	Standard	Part Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	Property of a part variant.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_NORM
22228	Symbol for reports	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	In this property, you can enter symbols that will be used in the report of conditional forms. The symbols are entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data for reports", with a maximum of 20.		Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_REPORT_SYMBOL
22229	Alignable	Part	Shows whether a terminal part (terminal or accessories) can be aligned. Terminals can always be aligned. This property can be changed in the case of accessory parts. The property for accessories with product subgroups "Terminator," "End clamp" and "Partition" is enabled by default; it is not enabled by default for all other product subgroups.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CAN_BE_LINED_UP
22230	Max. working pressure (full)	Part	Working pressure with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_PRESSURE_FULL
22231	Control range (full)	Part	Control range with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE_FULL
22232	Flow (full)	Part	Flow with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_FLOW_FULL
22233	Weight (full)	Part	Weight with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Mounting data	Value with unit	No	Yes	ARTICLE_WEIGHT_FULL
22234	Free properties: Value and unit (full)	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Value of a free property with specification of the unit. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_FULL
22235	External document 4	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4
22236	External document 5	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5
22237	External document 6	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6
22238	External document 7	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7
22239	External document 8	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8
22240	External document 9	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9
22241	External document 10	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10
22242	External document 11	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11
22243	External document 12	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12
22244	External document 13	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13
22245	External document 14	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14
22246	External document 15	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15
22247	External document 16	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16
22248	External document 17	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17
22249	External document 18	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18
22250	External document 19	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19
22251	External document 20	Part	The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20
22252	Busbars: Part number	Part	Part number of an individual busbar within a busbar system.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILPARTNR
22253	Busbars: Part variant	Part	Part variant of an individual busbar within a busbar system.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILVARIANT
22254	Connection type	Part	Property of a part variant.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_WIRETYPE
22255	Connection: Unit for connection cross-section / diameter	Part	Property of a part variant. Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm².		Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
22257	Bending radius	Part	Bending radius of a bent busbar	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS_COPPER
22258	Discontinued part	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifies the part as a discontinued part; such a part is no longer to be used.	General	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_DISCONTINUED
22259	Maximum bundle diameter	Part	The maximum bundle diameter indicates the maximum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube).		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MAXDIAMETER
22260	Minimum bundle diameter	Part	The minimum bundle diameter indicates the minimum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube).		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MINDIAMETER
22261	Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic)	Part	Property of a part variant. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. Enter the I/O address range here from which data is transmitted or where the data can be written. The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE_2
22262	Trade 'Cooling lubricant'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT
22263	Trade 'Gas engineering'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY
22264	Trade 'Fluid power (undefined)'	Part	The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected.	Trades	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED
22265	Subtrade 'Cooling lubricant'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT
22266	Subtrade 'Gas engineering'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY
22267	Subtrade 'Fluid power (undefined)'	Part	This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade.	Trades	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED
22268	Mounting depth	Part		Mounting data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_DEPTH
22269	PLC station: Type	Part	Property of a part variant.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCSTATIONTYPE
22270	Certification: ATEX identifier	Part	Certification for explosion protection in accordance with the ATEX Directive of the European Union. The designation ATEX is derived from the French abbreviation for "ATmosphère EXplosibles".	Certifications	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_ATEX
22271	Rail cross-section	Part			Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_RAILCROSSSECTION
22272	Rail material	Part			Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_RAILMATERIAL
22273	Conductivity (at +20 °C)	Part	Specific electrical conductivity at +20 °C.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CONDUCTIVITY
22274	Temperature coefficient	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_COEFFICIENT
22275	Fluid / process engineering Wall thickness of the connection	Part	Property of a part variant.		Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_FLUID_WALLTHICKNESS
22277	Connection point pattern: Offset X-direction	Part Part (referenced)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_X
22278	Connection point pattern: Offset Y-direction	Part Part (referenced)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_Y
22279	External document: Designation	Part			Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_DESIGNATION
22280	External document: File / hyperlink	Part			Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_URL
22281	Connection dimension source	Part			Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE
22282	Connection dimension target	Part			Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION
22283	Device description: Index in file	Part	Property of a part variant. Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_INDEX
22285	Finger width	Part	Width of a wire duct finger. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_TAB_WIDTH
22286	Slot width	Part	Width of a slot between two wire duct fingers. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SLOT_GAP
22287	Distance of the pinch point	Part	Distance of the pinch point from a wire duct fin. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space.		Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_DISTANCE_WIRE_HOLD_BACK_NOSE
22288	Distributed placement of module	Part	Property of a part variant. Controls how a module is placed in EPLAN Pro Panel: 0 = Place module parts and elements 1 = Place only module parts 2 = Place only elements		Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_MODULE_POS_PLACE_SPREADED
22289	Bill of materials group	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP
22290	PLC card is placed on head station	Part	Property of a part variant. Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE
22291	PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3
22292	Break up in summarized parts list	Part	Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the summarized parts list is influences. 0 = From settings 1 = Always break up 2 = Never break up	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_MODE
22293	PLC subdevice 1: Name	Part	Property of a part variant. In this property you specify the device name of the PLC subdevice. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_1
22294	PLC subdevice 2: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_2
22295	PLC subdevice 3: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_3
22296	PLC subdevice 4: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_4
22297	PLC subdevice 5: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_5
22298	PLC subdevice 6: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_6
22299	PLC subdevice 7: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_7
22300	PLC subdevice 8: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_8
22301	PLC subdevice 9: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_9
22302	PLC subdevice 10: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_10
22303	PLC subdevice 11: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_11
22304	PLC subdevice 12: Name	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_12
22305	PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module)	Part	Property of a part variant. In this property you specify in which slot / at which position on the PLC card this PLC subdevice is located. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in EPLAN with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1
22306	PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2
22307	PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3
22308	PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4
22309	PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5
22310	PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6
22311	PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7
22312	PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8
22313	PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9
22314	PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10
22315	PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11
22316	PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12
22317	PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4
22318	PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5
22319	PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6
22320	PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7
22321	PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8
22322	PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9
22323	PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10
22324	PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11
22325	PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12
22326	PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3
22327	PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4
22328	PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5
22329	PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6
22330	PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7
22331	PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8
22332	PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9
22333	PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10
22334	PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11
22335	PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs)	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12
22336	User-defined properties: Identifying name	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Identifying name of the user-defined property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	No	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_IDENTNAME
22337	User-defined properties: Value	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		No category	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	No	ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_NEWVALUE
22338	PLC device: TemplateIdentifier	Part	Name of a template that is used for the exchange of a device in the PLC configuration program with preset, user-defined part properties. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCTEMPLATEREFERENCE
22340	Drive: Device type	Part	For devices that are assigned to a drive you specify the type of device, for example "Synchronous motor", "Converter", "Encoder", etc., more exactly. The values to be entered for the device type are usually specified by the device manufacturer.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCAXIS_DEVICETYPE
22341	PLC subdevice 2: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_2
22342	PLC subdevice 3: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_3
22343	PLC subdevice 4: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_4
22344	PLC subdevice 5: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_5
22345	PLC subdevice 6: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_6
22346	PLC subdevice 7: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_7
22347	PLC subdevice 8: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_8
22348	PLC subdevice 9: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_9
22349	PLC subdevice 10: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_10
22350	PLC subdevice 11: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_11
22351	PLC subdevice 12: PLC type designation	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_12
22352	PLC subdevice 2: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_2
22353	PLC subdevice 3: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_3
22354	PLC subdevice 4: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_4
22355	PLC subdevice 5: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_5
22356	PLC subdevice 6: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_6
22357	PLC subdevice 7: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_7
22358	PLC subdevice 8: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_8
22359	PLC subdevice 9: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_9
22360	PLC subdevice 10: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_10
22361	PLC subdevice 11: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_11
22362	PLC subdevice 12: Device description: Index in file	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_12
22363	PLC subdevice 1: Data length (inputs)	Part	Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the inputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_1
22364	PLC subdevice 1: Data length (outputs)	Part	Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the outputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_1
22365	PLC subdevice 1: PLC type designation	Part	Property of a part variant. PLC type designation for a PLC subdevice 1 of a PLC card. If a PLC type designation is entered at the main device as well, the device identification for PLC subdevices that are treated as independent devices in the PLC configuration program is effected by means of this property. The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_1
22366	PLC subdevice 1: Device description: Index in file	Part	Property of a part variant. Index for PLC subdevice 1 in the device description file of a PLC card. This property has to be filled for PLC subdevices if these are expected as independent devices in the PLC configuration program and are identified via a device description file and the associated index. The device description file is specified at the PLC box (main device). Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into account during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.		Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_1
22367	Product grouping	Part Part reference (summarized representation types) Part reference	In this property the classification of a part into "Generic product group", "Product group" and "Product subgroup" is made in the parts management in the tab "Properties" > Hierarchy level "General". The classification is displayed here like the directory path in a breadcrumb trail (e.g. "Electrical engineering > Cable > General").	General	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_PRODUCTGROUPING
22368	Certification: UL Category Control Number	Part	Identifier of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. You can enter e.g. UL certifications, UL file numbers, or other test numbers here.	Certifications	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_UL_CNN
22369	External documents	Part			Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_ALL
22870	Schematic macro: IEC	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_IEC
22871	Schematic macro: NFPA mm	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_NFPA_MM
22872	Schematic macro: NFPA inch	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_NFPA_INCH
22873	Schematic macro: GB/CCC	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_GB_CCC
22874	Schematic macro: GOST	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_GOST
22880	Schematic macro: Name for company standard	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_NAME
22881	Schematic macro: Macro for company standard	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_MACRO
22882	Schematic macros for company standard	Part Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_ALL
22900	Short name	Part (referenced) Address (part) Deleted part (base object)	Short designation of manufacturers/suppliers or customers.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_SHORTNAME
22901	Last editor / Modification date	Part (referenced) Part	Last change to the part. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_LASTCHANGE
22902	Creator / Creation date	Part (referenced) Part	Creation date of the part.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CREATE
22908	Full name	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Full name of manufacturers/suppliers or customers.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_LONGNAME
22909	Title	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Title of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_TITLE
22910	Name 1	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_NAME1
22911	Name 2	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_NAME2
22912	Name 3	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_NAME3
22913	Street	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Street of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_STREET
22914	Zip code (City)	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Zip code of city of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_ZIPTOWN
22915	City	Part (referenced) Address (part)	City of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_TOWN
22916	Zip code (P.O. box)	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Zip code of P.O. box of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_ZIPPOBOX
22917	P.O. box	Part (referenced) Address (part)	PO box of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_POBOX
22918	Country	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Country of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_STATE
22919	Phone	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Phone number of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_PHONE
22920	E-mail	Part (referenced) Address (part)	E-mail address of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_EMAIL
22921	Customer number	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Number managed under personal details.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_NUMBER
22922	Description (address)	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Descriptive text for a customer, manufacturer or supplier in the parts management. This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, e.g. "responsible for sales, part....., good credit, etc." and so on.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_NOTE
22923	Fax	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Fax number of manufacturer/supplier or customer.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_FAX
22930	Description (Drilling pattern)	Part (referenced) Drilling pattern	Description of the drilling pattern.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PART_CONSTRUCTION_DESCRIPTION
22931	Name	Part (referenced) Drilling pattern Deleted part (base object)	Name of the drilling pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CONSTRUCTION_NAME
22932	Drilling pattern variant	Part (referenced) Drilling pattern		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CONSTRUCTION_VARIANT
22936	Creator / Creation date (accessory list)	Part (referenced) Accessory list	Creation date of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management).	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYLIST_CREATE
22937	Last editor / Modification date (address)	Part (referenced) Address (part)	Last change to manufacturer/supplier or customer details. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ADDRESS_LASTCHANGE
22938	Last editor / Modification date (drilling pattern)	Part (referenced) Drilling pattern	Last change to the drilling pattern in parts management. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CONSTRUCTION_LASTCHANGE
22939	Creator / Creation date (drilling pattern)	Part (referenced) Drilling pattern	Creation date of the drilling pattern.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CONSTRUCTION_CREATE
22941	Connection point pattern	Part (referenced) Part	The connection point pattern stored at the part.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_NAME
22942	Additional length (default)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	This property is used if no additional length has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the default value for the additional length of the connection point arrangement.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_ADDITIONALLENGTHDEFAULT
22943	Creator / Creation date (connection point pattern)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	Creation date of the connection point pattern.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_CREATE
22944	Last editor / Modification date (connection point pattern)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	Last change to the connection point pattern in parts management. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_LASTCHANGE
22945	Name (connection point pattern)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern Deleted part (base object)	Name of the connection point pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_NAME
22946	Description (Connection point pattern)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	Description of the connection point pattern.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTION
22947	Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet, default)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. It is used if no wire termination processing has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is entered in parts management for connection points and specifies the default value for a group of connection points. 0 = Undefined 1 = Cut 2 = Strip 3 = Crimp 4 = Other from 5 = User-defined.	Data	Integer	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_TYPEDEFAULT
22948	Routing direction (default)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	This property is used if no routing direction has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. The property is entered in parts management for connection point patterns and specifies the default value of the routing direction for a group of connection points. 0 = Automatic 1 = Move up 2 = Down 3 = Left 4 = Right.	Data	Integer	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_DIRECTION
22958	Last editor / Modification date (accessory list)	Part (referenced) Accessory list	Last change of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYLIST_LASTCHANGE
22959	Description (Accessory list)	Part (referenced) Accessory list	Description of the accessory list in parts management.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYLIST_DESCRIPTION
22960	Name (accessory list)	Part (referenced) Accessory list Deleted part (base object)	Name of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYLIST_NAME
22963	Part number in accessory	Part (referenced) Part	This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used as an accessory.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PART_USED_AS_ACCESSORY_FILTER
22966	Part number in module	Part (referenced) Part	This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in a module.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PART_USED_IN_MODULE_FILTER
22967	Part number in assembly	Part (referenced) Part	This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in an assembly.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PART_USED_IN_ASSEMBLY_FILTER
22968	Connection category (default)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	This property is used if no connection category has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly: 0 = Undefined 1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore) 2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore) 3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore) 4 = Insulation-displacement connection 5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore) 6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore) 7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore) 8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore) 9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore) 10 = Nipple (do not use anymore) 11 = Internal thread 12 = External thread 13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore) 14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore) 15 = User-defined 1015 = Screw connection 1016 = Spring pulley connection 1017 = Push-in connection 1018 = Penetration connection 1019 = Push-in fitting 1020 = Push-wire connection 1021 = Bolt connection 1022 = Flat plug-in connector 1023 = Crimp connection 1024 = Band connection 1025 = Rail connection 1026 = Soldering lug connection 1027 = Wrap post.	Data	Integer	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_TYPEOFTERMINAL_DEFAULT
22969	Connection dimension (default)	Part (referenced) Connection point pattern	This property is used if no connection dimension has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads. Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8".	Data	Value with unit	No	No	PART_TERMINAL_TERMINALSIZE_DEFAULT
22970	Name (accessory placement)	Part (referenced) Accessory placement Deleted part (base object)	Name of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_NAME
22972	Creator / Creation date (accessory placement)	Part (referenced) Accessory placement	Creation date of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_CREATE
22973	Last editor / Modification date (accessory placement)	Part (referenced) Accessory placement	Last change to part in the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_LASTCHANGE
22974	Description (accessory placement)	Part (referenced) Accessory placement	Description of the accessory placement in parts management.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION
22980	Last editor	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_LASTCHANGE_USER
22981	Modification date	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows the date and time of the last change.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PART_LASTCHANGE_DATE
22982	Creator	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows the sign-in name of the user who created the record.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	PART_CREATE_USER
22983	Creation date	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows date and time when the record was created.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PART_CREATE_DATE
22984	Unique external part ID	Part Part reference Part (referenced)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_CPMS_GUID
22985	Creation date (UTC)	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows date and time when the record was created. The time is output in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PART_CREATE_DATE_UTC
22986	Modification date (UTC)	Part (base object) Part (referenced) Address (part) Accessory list Accessory placement Drilling pattern Connection point pattern	Shows the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	PART_LASTCHANGE_DATE_UTC
23001	Macro: File name	Macro box Macro Macro box (referenced) Protected group	File name (including path specification) of the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_MACRO
23002	Macro: Version	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Version designation of the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_MACRO_VERSION
23003	Macro: Source / reference	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Describing text in which you can, for example, specify where the schematic originates (e.g., "Siemens catalog").	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_MACRO_SOURCE
23004	Macro: Description	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Description text for the macro.	Macro	Multilingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_MACRO_DESCRIPTION
23005	Macro: Source project	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Name of the project used to create the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_SOURCEPROJECT
23006	Macro: Inserted by	Macro box Page Macro box (referenced)	Name of the user who inserted the macro.	Macro	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_INSERTED_BY
23007	Macro: Representation type	Macro box Macro box (referenced) Protected group	Representation type of macro. Possible values are: 1 = Multi-line 2 = Single-line 3 = Pair cross-reference 4 = Overview 5 = Graphic 6 = Panel layout 7 = P&I diagram 8 = Multi-line Fluid power 9 = Topology 10 = 3D mounting layout 11 = Functional 12 = Pre-planning.	Macro	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_REPRESENTATION_TYPE
23008	Macro: Variant	Macro box Macro box (referenced) Protected group	Macro variant.	Macro	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_VARIANT
23009	Macro: Name	Macro box Macro box (referenced) Protected group	File name of the macro (without path specification).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_NAME
23010	Macro: Type	Macro box (referenced)	Macro type, for example window macro or page macro.	Macro	Integer	No	Yes	MACROBOX_TYPE
23011	Macro: Type of usage	Macro box (referenced) Macro box	The type of usage is used to differentiate macros in the macro navigator, and specifies which of the functionalities "Generate macros automatically" and "Update macros" can be executed and which not. 0 = Not specified: Generation and updating are possible. 1 = Defining: Is only taken into consideration for generating. 2 = Referencing: Is only taken into consideration for updating. 3 = Subordinate: Neither generating nor updating is possible.	Macro	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_USAGE
23012	Macro: Protected group	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Determines at a macro box in a macro project that a protected group is created during the insertion of a macro. The inserted macro cannot be graphically changed or further broken down in the schematic project.	Macro	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	MACROBOX_USEPROTECTEDGROUP
23013	Macro: Also insert macro box	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Specifies the behavior of the macro box during insertion of the associated macro. 0 = From project settings: The macro box is also inserted when the project setting "Also insert macro boxes" is activated. 1 = Yes: The macro box is always inserted. 2 = No: The macro box is never inserted.	Macro	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_INSERTMODE
23014	Macro: Take connection point designations into account	Macro box Macro box (referenced)	Specifies for the macro, whether connection point designations are taken into account for device assignment when macros are updated. 0 = From user settings: The connection point designations are taken into account during the device assignment, if the user setting "Take the connection point designations into account during the device assignment" is activated. 1 = Yes: The connection point designations are always taken into account. 2 = No: The connection point designations are never taken into account.	Macro	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_USECONNECTIONPOINTDESIGNATION
23015	Macro: Directory	Macro box Macro box (referenced)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_DIRECTORY
23016	Macro: Standard	Macro box (referenced) Macro box		Data	Integer	No	No	MACROBOX_NORM
23017	Macro: Company standard	Macro box Macro box (referenced)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	MACROBOX_COMPANYSTANDARD
23100	Project option group: Name	Project option Project option section Project options group	Name of the project options group.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	OPTIONGROUP_NAME
23101	Project option: Name	Project option Project option section	Name of the project option.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	OPTION_NAME
23102	Project option section: Name	Project option section	Name of the section within a project option.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	OPTIONFRAGMENT_NAME
23103	Project option active	Project option Project option section	Specifies whether the project option is switched on or off.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	OPTION_ISACTIVE
23104	Project option group: Description	Project options group Project option Project option section	The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project options group is selected in the project options navigator tree.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	OPTIONGROUP_DESCR
23105	Project option section: Description	Project option section	The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the section is selected in the project options navigator tree.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	OPTIONFRAGMENT_DESCR
23106	Project option: Description	Project option Project option section	The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project option is selected in the project options navigator tree.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	OPTION_DESCR
23200	Part number	Device list entry	Part number in the bill of materials.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DEVICELISTENTRY_PARTNR
23201	Number allowed	Device list entry	Shows the number of units of the current part that can be used in the project.	Data	Integer	No	No	DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWED
23202	Device description	Device list entry		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DEVICELISTENTRY_DESCRIPTION
23203	Type number	Device list entry	Shows the type number of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_TYPENR
23204	Total number allowed	Device list entry	Sums the permitted quantities of all parts with the same part number.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWEDALL
23205	Used unit quantity	Device list entry	Indicates how often a part was actually used in the project. (The part references are counted for this.)	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTUSED
23206	Spare	Device list entry		Data	Integer	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_RESERVE
23207	Order number	Device list entry	Shows the order number of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_ORDERNR
23208	System part	Device list entry		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DEVICELISTENTRY_PLANT
23209	Variant	Device list entry	Shows the part variant of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DEVICELISTENTRY_VARIANT
23210	Part: Designation 1	Device list entry	Shows the "Designation 1" of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION1
23211	Part: Designation 2	Device list entry	Shows the "Designation 2" of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION2
23212	Part: Designation 3	Device list entry	Shows the "Designation 3" of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION3
23213	Manufacturer	Device list entry	Shows the manufacturer of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_MANUFACTURER
23214	Macro	Device list entry	Shows the macro, which is specified for the relevant part, in a device list.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_MACRO
23215	Discontinued part	Device list entry	Shows the "Discontinued part" property of the relevant part in a device list.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_DISCONTINUED
23216	ERP number	Device list entry	ERP number in a bill of materials.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DEVICELISTENTRY_ERPNR
23300	Communication unit	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME
23301	Configuration project	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT
23302	End IP address	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS
23303	PLC object ID	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID
23304	Bus system	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Type of bus system to which a communication unit is assigned as a bus node.	No category	Integer	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUSSYSTEM
23307	MAC address	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS
23308	DNS/PROFINET device name	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Domain name, name of an address in a network. Using the index, you can differentiate up to 10 names. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DNS
23309	Node group (Interbus)	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP
23310	Alternative (Interbus)	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE
23311	Service info (Interbus)	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO
23313	Address range	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Area for PLC addresses for a communication unit. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ADDRESSRANGE
23314	Start address of PLC card	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies the default value for the byte address of a communication unit; this can be taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_GROUP_STARTADDRESS
23318	Object ID of communication unit	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between EPLAN Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID
23319	Start IP address	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS
23320	Domain Postfix	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX
23321	Use DHCP	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP
23322	Subslot	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBSLOT
23323	Data transfer rate	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Here, enter the data transfer rate of the bus system at the bus master. The input consists of a value and unit (permitted units are: bps, Kbps, Mbps, Gbps, and Tbps). Make sure to enter only values that are supported by the target system.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_TRANSMISSIONRATE
23330	Supplementary field 1	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01
23331	Supplementary field 2	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02
23332	Supplementary field 3	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03
23333	Supplementary field 4	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04
23334	Supplementary field 5	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05
23335	Supplementary field 6	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06
23336	Supplementary field 7	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07
23337	Supplementary field 8	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08
23338	Supplementary field 9	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09
23339	Supplementary field 10	PLC communication unit	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10
23400	Name of the communication unit	Free symbolic address (in assignment list)	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. PLC addresses can be assigned to a particular communication unit of a PLC card. This property represents the second part of the reference to the communication unit. The first part of the reference is the database ID of the associated PLC box.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	PLCIOENTRY_COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME
23403	Direction	Free symbolic address (in assignment list) Free symbolic address (in reports)	PLC connection points can be inputs or outputs. Input and output addresses can be recognized by the direction (input, output, undefined).	No category	Integer	No	No	PLCIOENTRY_DIRECTION
23404	Pre-planning	Free symbolic address (in reports)	Outputs the planning object to which this PLC address is assigned.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PLCIOENTRYCOMPOUND_RELATEDPLANNINGOBJECT_DESIGNATION
23500	Drilling pattern: Name	Drilling pattern frame	Name of the drilling pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_NAME
23501	Drilling pattern: Description	Drilling pattern frame	Description text for the drilling pattern.	Macro	Multilingual text	No	No	DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_DESCRIPTION
23502	Drilling pattern: Subdirectory for outline (NC data)	Drilling pattern frame	Subdirectory for the outlines of the drilling pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DRILLPATTERNBOX_CONTOURPATH
24000	Target of interruption point	Interruption point	Provides the (first) target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference; only used internally.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESTINATION
24001	Automatically generated	Interruption point	Indicates whether the interruption point was generated automatically. These interruption points are created when pasting and cutting schematic elements if the Smart connect option is enabled.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_AUTO_CREATED
24020	Display all cross-references	Interruption point	At an interruption point, shows cross-references to all other interruption points with the same name.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCES
24021	Display of all counter targets	Interruption point	If this setting is switched on at an interruption point, then the "Cross-reference (configurable)" (ID 24300) and / or the "Counter target in cross-reference" (ID 24351) properties show all counter targets. If this property is activated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is deactivated, the setting trumps at the interruption point, and all targets are displayed. If this property is deactivated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is activated, the first target is displayed.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCEDESTINATIONS
24300	Cross-reference (configurable)	Interruption point	For interruption points and structure boxes, this outputs the cross-reference. This also outputs target information when the "Display of all counter targets" (ID 24021) property is enabled.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE
24301	Cross-reference	Interruption point	Specifies the cross-reference.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCEONLY
24302	Cross-reference for NFPA standard	Interruption point	Normal cross-reference, which inserts a line break between the page cross-reference and the row / column cross-reference, for the NFPA standard.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE_NFPA
24350	Separator between interruption point and cross-reference	Interruption point	Separator displayed between the interruption point name and the cross-reference.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFSEPARATOR
24351	Counter target in cross-reference	Interruption point	Provides the (first) counter target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference.	Devices	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFDESTINATION
24809	Sort code (interruption point)	Interruption point	Defines the sequence in which the interruption points are sorted.	Settings	Integer	No	No	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SORT_CODE
24810	Interruption point: Description	Interruption point		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTION
24811	Interruption point: Description (automatic)	Interruption point	Shows the interruption point description. The value is automatically taken from the first interruption point (according to the position in the schematic).	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTIONAUTOMATIC
24901	Database name	Parts database		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_DATABASENAME
24902	Database name (complete)	Parts database		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_FULLDATABASENAME
24903	Database version	Parts database		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_DATABASEVERSION
24904	EPLAN Data Portal: Version	Parts database		No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLELIBRARY_EPDVERSION
24905	Log deleted part	Parts database		No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLELIBRARY_SUPPORTDELETEDOBJECTS
24906	Number of parts	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_ARTICLE_COUNT
24907	Number of accessory lists	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_ACCESSORYLIST_COUNT
24908	Number of accessory placements	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_COUNT
24909	Number of drilling patterns	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_CONSTRUCTION_COUNT
24910	Number of connection points	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_TERMINAL_COUNT
24911	Number of customers	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_CUSTOMER_COUNT
24912	Number of manufacturers / suppliers	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_MANUFACTURER_COUNT
24913	Number of part variants	Parts database		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_ARTICLEVARIANT_COUNT
24914	Name of the configured tree node	Parts database		Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_NAME
24915	Type of the configured tree node	Parts database		Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_TYPE
24916	Quantity in the configured tree node	Parts database		Data	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_COUNT
24917	Configurable connection point end treatment	Parts database		Settings	Multilingual text	Yes, 64	No	ARTICLELIBRARY_WIRETERMINATIONPROCESSINGTYPES
24918	Currency 1	Parts database		Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLELIBRARY_CURRENCY_1
24919	Currency 2	Parts database		Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLELIBRARY_CURRENCY_2
25000	Trade (Defined working sections)	Connection Page Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Segment (pre-planning)	Can be used in the filter schemes for defined working sections in order to filter pages, functions, and connections by trade. The following values are possible: 0 = Electrical engineering 1 = Fluid power, general 2 = Mechanics 3 = Process engineering. 99 = General. In this context, the "Fluid power, general" setting includes also the trades Hydraulics, Pneumatics, Cooling, and Lubrication. Pages contain the additional trade setting "General". The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	EDITINGAREA_CRAFT
25020	Counter page number	Page	This property automatically increments the pages in the project in accordance with the order in the page structure. You can insert this property as special text and use it for displaying a sequential page number, for example in the page properties, in the graphical editor or on report pages.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PAGE_COUNTERPAGENUMBER
25030	AutomationML GUID	Connection Function Segment (pre-planning) Connection definition point Structure identifiers Free symbolic address (in assignment list) Free symbolic address (in reports) Project	This property is required for the AutomationML export and import. Each object is identified in AutomationML by a GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) that is unique worldwide. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID
25031	AutomationML GUID 2	Function Free symbolic address (in assignment list) Free symbolic address (in reports)	The property manages a second GUID that is required during a PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. Only the index [1] is used here. In this property the GUID of the symbolic address is stored at PLC connection points that are digital or analog inputs / outputs. At PLC boxes the GUID of the rack is stored in this property.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 12	No	AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID_2
25100	Subproject of	Project	Specifies at a subproject from which original project it was created.	Special	Monolingual text	No	No	PROJECT_SUBPROJECTORIGIN
25101	Subproject number	Page Project Layout space Segment (pre-planning) Connection Function (base object)	Number of the subproject. During the creation of subprojects a name is assigned automatically to each subproject. This is made up of the name of the original project and the subproject number. The subproject numbers are assigned in accordance with the order of defined working sections.	Special	Monolingual text	No	No	SUBPROJECT_NUMBER
25102	Cross-reference (external)	Function Interruption point Structure box		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION_EXTERNALCROSSREFERENCE
31000	Connection: Length	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Length in "meter" without specification of the unit.	No category	Decimal number	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_VALUE
31001	Connection: Unit of length	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Display unit of the length. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm 2 = cm 3 = dm 4 = m 5 = Meter 6 = km 8 = Inch 9 = " 10 = In 11 = ft 12 = feet 13 = foot 14 = yd 15 = yard 29 = µm.	No category	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_UNIT
31002	Connection: Cross-section / diameter	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point Function template	Cross-section / Diameter of the connection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION
31003	Connection: Length with unit	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Length of a connection with specification of the displayed measuring unit. If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH
31004	Connection color / number	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point Function template	Color or number of the connection, this property identifies the connection. This property is automatically filled by the connection numbering process.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRENUMBER
31005	Autoconnecting line: Color	Connection Connection definition point Autoconnect line Potential definition point Symbol		Settings	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ACL_COLOR
31006	Potential type	Connection Potential definition point Function template		Data	Integer	No	No	POTENTIAL_TYPE
31007	Connection: Cross-section / diameter with unit	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Cross-section / Diameter of the connection, including units.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT
31008	Subset / length	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length with specification of the displayed measuring unit and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	Part	Value with unit	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH
31009	Connection description	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_DESCRIPTION
31010	Subset / length: Value	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length in "meter" and the entry of decimal values is possible. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE
31011	Connection designation	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point Symbol	Designation of the connection.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_DESIGNATION
31012	Unit for subset / length	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Displayed measuring unit in which the subset or length of the part is specified. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm 2 = cm 3 = dm 4 = m 5 = Meter 6 = km 8 = Inch 9 = " 10 = In 11 = ft 12 = feet 13 = foot 14 = yd 15 = yard 29 = µm.	No category	Integer	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT
31013	Exchange source and target	Connection Connection definition point	The source and target of a connection are determined by the device tag of the connected functions. Using this property, you can reverse the direction of the individual connection on the connection.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CONNECTION_SWAP_SRC_DEST
31014	Part description	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Description of the part, carried over from parts management. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	Part	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_NOTE
31015	Autoconnecting line: Line type	Connection Connection definition point Autoconnect line Potential definition point Symbol		Settings	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ACL_STYLE
31016	Autoconnecting line: Line thickness	Connection Connection definition point Autoconnect line Potential definition point Symbol		Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	CONNECTION_ACL_WIDTH
31017	Autoconnecting line: Layer	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point Symbol		Settings	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ACL_LAYER
31018	Autoconnecting line: Pattern length	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point Symbol		Settings	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	CONNECTION_ACL_FACTOR
31019	Source	Connection		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_SOURCE
31020	Target	Connection		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_DESTINATION
31021	Source: Placement	Connection		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_LOCATION_SOURCE
31022	Target: Placement	Connection		Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_LOCATION_DESTINATION
31023	Source: Target number	Connection	Number of the source of the connection.	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_NR_SOURCE
31024	Target: Target number	Connection	Number of the target of the connection.	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_NR_DESTINATION
31025	Alternative connection cross-section / diameter	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the connection cross-section / diameter in parallel in different units.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION
31026	Name of page containing connection	Connection Connection definition point		No category	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_PAGENAME
31027	Associated connections: Device tag (identifying)	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_DT
31028	Associated connections: Connection designation	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_DESIGNATION
31029	Associated connections: Connection cross-section / diameter	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CDP_CON_WIRECROSSSECTION
31030	Intrinsically safe	Connection Function	Functions, connections, and connection definition points are defined as intrinsically safe using this property. The intrinsic safety at the function forces intrinsic safety at the associated connection points for which intrinsic safety is possible.	Function data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INTRINSICSAFETY
31031	Associated connections: Connection: Color / number	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_WIRENUMBER
31032	Associated connections: Connection description	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_DESCRIPTION
31033	Associated connections: Length	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CDP_CON_WIRELENGTH
31034	Associated connections: Remark	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_NOTE
31035	Associated connections: Function definition	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_TYPE
31036	Associated connections: Exchange source and target	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CDP_CON_SWAP_SRC_DEST
31037	Associated connections: Line thickness of autoconnecting line	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_ACL_WIDTH
31038	Associated connections: Color of autoconnecting line	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_ACL_COLOR
31039	Associated connections: Line type of autoconnecting line	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_ACL_STYLE
31040	Subset / length in unit of project	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed.	Part	Value with unit	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT
31041	Associated connections: Pattern length for autoconnecting line	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_ACL_FACTOR
31042	Associated connections: Layer for autoconnecting line	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_ACL_LAYER
31043	Subset / length with unit of project	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	Part	Value with unit	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT
31044	Quantity / subset in unit of project	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT
31045	Valid data	Connection definition point	Specifies the data that may be entered at the connection definition point: 0 = All data 1 = No connection designation 2 = Only connection designation.	Settings	Integer	No	No	CDP_ALLOWED_DATA
31046	Manually set	Connection definition point Connection	Controls the editing possibilities of the connection numbering. Connection definition points which have this property can be excluded by the actions "Designate," "Realign," "Format" as well as being deleted. This property can be automatically set on designation (depending on the settings).	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CDP_SET_AS_MANUAL
31048	Connection: Type designation	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Type designation of the connection part, e.g., the type number of the wire type, pipe type or tube type. During a part selection the value of the property "Cable type / type designation" (ID 22030) or "Connection type" (ID 22254) is transferred into this property. These properties can be found in the parts management in the "Properties" tab below the hierarchy level "Technical data". But the value can also be entered manually.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRETYPE
31049	Shielded by	Connection Function template	Specifies the name of the shield that shields the connection / conductor.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_SHIELDEDBY
31050	Pair index	Connection Connection definition point Function template	The pair index (twisting index) shows another way of identifying the connection/conductor when this has the same colors/numbers.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_PAIRINDEX
31051	Wire termination processing source	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Specifies for the source connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_SOURCE
31052	Wire termination processing target	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Specifies for the target connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_DESTINATION
31053	Source: Sleeve cross-section	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_SOURCE
31054	Target: Sleeve cross-section	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_DESTINATION
31055	Source: Stripping length	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_SOURCE
31056	Target: Stripping length	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_DESIGNATION
31057	Pressure line / control line	Connection Connection definition point	Shows whether the connection is a pressure or control line.	Settings	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_WORKING_CONTROL_LINE
31058	Cable connection	Connection Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a cable. If this property is not assigned to a connection or a connection definition point, the connection points determine whether this is a cable connection for the connection.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_IS_CABLE
31059	Unit for connection cross-section / diameter	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm².	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
31060	Unit for connection cross-section / diameter (automatic)	Connection Connection definition point	Automatically determined units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are: 0 = Undefined 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm².	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
31061	Connection: Color (multilingual)	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Stores the connection color as a multilingual text. The color code is taken from the "Connection color / number" property (or the "Color / number" field of the property dialog) and is assigned to a color corresponding to the assignment table in the project settings. It is case-sensitive. The property is automatically updated with every change to the connection color / number.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_MLWIRENUMBER
31062	Associated connections: Potential type	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CDP_CON_POTENTIAL_TYPE
31063	Associated connections: Unit of connection cross-section / diameter (automatic)	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
31064	Alternative connection cross-section / diameter with unit	Connection Connection definition point	Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection, including units, automatically determined.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CONNECTION_AUTO_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT
31065	Unit for alternative connection cross-section / diameter	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	The alternative unit belonging to the alternative cross-section/diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the connection cross-section / diameter in parallel in different units. Possible values are: 0 = As in project 1 = mm² 2 = sqmm 3 = AWG 4 = mm 5 = KCM 6 = MCM 7 = Zoll 8 = " 9 = inch 10 = µm 11 = kcmil 12 = µm².	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT
31066	Associated connections: Trade	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CDP_CON_CRAFT
31067	Associated connections: Subtrade	Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	CDP_CON_SUBCRAFT
31068	Substance	Connection Connection definition point Piping definition point	Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen").	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_MEDIUM
31069	Grouping	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Using this property, free groups of connections can be defined that can then be given special names using connection numbering. This property is available for connections, connection definition points, potentials, signals, and potential definition points.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_GROUPING
31075	Type of administration	Connection	Specifies at a connection the manner in which the connection is to be managed in EPLAN. The property can be used to sort the connections in the connection navigator. Possible values are: 0 = Placed: Placed connection. 1 = Unplaced: Unplaced connection. 2 = Net-based: A connection in a net that is defined at a net definition point. 3 = Direct (automatic): Direct connection between male and female pins; is generated by symbols with direct connection points. 4 = Multi-line (automatic): Multi-line connection that is defined on a connection definition point in the single-line representation. 5 = Jumper (automatic): Automatically generated jumper; this occurs if manual saddle jumpers are defined on terminals or pins or, when creating the jumper, between distributed terminals. 6 = Routed: Routed connection (in the layout space or in the topology) 7 = Not routed: Connection that is not routed; it is created, for example, during the data transfer from EPLAN Cabinet.	No category	Integer	No	Yes	CONNECTION_TYPE
31076	Net index	Connection	Identifies the net in the case of net-based connections.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_NET_INDEX
31077	Daisy chain index	Connection	Identifies the daisy chain within a net in the case of net-based connections.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_DAISYCHAIN_INDEX
31078	Connection index	Connection	Identifies the connections within a daisy chain in the case of net-based connections.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_CONNECTION_INDEX
31080	Connection: Connection point length source	Connection Connection definition point	Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH
31081	State (substance)	Connection Piping definition point		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_STATE
31082	Pressure	Connection Piping definition point		Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_PRESSURE
31083	Connection: Connection point length target	Connection Connection definition point	Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_DEST_CP_LENGTH
31084	Temperature	Connection Piping definition point		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_TEMPERATURE
31085	Flow	Connection Piping definition point		Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_FLOW
31086	Conduit connection	Connection Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a conduit.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_IS_PACKET
31089	Connection definition point exists	Connection	Shows whether at least one connection definition point has been placed on the connection.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_HAS_CDP
31090	Connection: Length (full)	Connection Connection definition point Potential definition point	Length of a connection with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_FULL
31091	Subset / length (full)	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	Subset of a part, entered for the function, with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries.	Part	Value with unit	Yes, 50	Yes	FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL
31092	Bundle	Connection Connection definition point	Specifies the bundle to which the connection belongs.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRE_BUNDLE
31093	Bundle group	Connection Connection definition point	Specifies the bundle group to which the connection belongs.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_BUNDLE_GROUP
31094	Layout space: Routing track specification	Connection	This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space has to run through. This has priority over all other defaults. This property is extended in each case to include routing paths and routing ranges to which a connection is pulled. If the connection is pulled away from a routing path or routing range entered here, the routing path / routing range will be removed from the property.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING
31095	Layout space: Routing track	Connection Function	This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space runs through.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH
31096	Connection dimension source	Connection Connection definition point	When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the source connection point is entered.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE
31097	Connection dimension target	Connection Connection definition point	When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the target connection point is entered.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION
31098	Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the source	Connection Connection definition point	This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the source of the connection.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_SOURCE
31099	Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the target	Connection Connection definition point	This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the target of the connection.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_DESTINATION
31100	Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (source)	Connection	Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to enter the routing path network from the source item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_SOURCE
31101	Function designation (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLPLANT_AUTOMATIC
31102	Function designation: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_PLANT_AUTOMATIC
31103	Location designation (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLLOCATION_AUTOMATIC
31104	Location designation: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_LOCATION_AUTOMATIC
31105	Functional assignment (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC
31106	Functional assignment: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC
31107	Installation site (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC
31108	Installation site: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC
31109	User-defined structure (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLUSERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC
31110	User-defined structure: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_USERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC
31111	Higher-level function number (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC
31112	Higher-level function number: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC
31113	Protected routing	Connection Connection definition point Function	Prevents a routing connection from being re-routed and overwritten. Also prevents that a cable is rerouted and overwritten in the topology.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	CONNECTION_PROTECTED_ROUTING
31114	Routing direction source	Connection Connection definition point	The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track.	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_SOURCE
31115	Routing direction target	Connection Connection definition point	The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track.	Data	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_DESTINATION
31116	Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (target)	Connection	Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to exit the routing path network toward the target item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_DESTINATION
31117	ERP number	Connection Connection definition point Function Project Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning)	This property can be used to filter in project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP number" (ID 22056) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible for the part ERP number, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index.	Part	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR
31118	Connection: Associated terminal connection point (connection point designation)	Connection	This property can be used in terminal diagrams in the data area of the cable chart (via the placeholder elements "Cable chart data area external" and "Cable chart data area internal"). Indicates the connection point designation of the terminal to which the connection is connected. Thus, you can see from the cable chart which connection is to be connected to which terminal connection point. For example, this is helpful if you use the placeholder elements "Target via connection point", "Connection via connection point" or "Connection / cable via connection point" to output several terminal connection points in a row.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION
31119	Topology: Routing track specification	Connection	In this property, a routing path is stored that a connection routed in the routing path network must pass through. This has priority over all other defaults. Here, it is always the last routing path to which a connection is drawn that is stored. If the connection is pulled away from the routing path entered here, the routing path will be removed from the property.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_CABLING_PATH_PRESETTING
31133	Product: Main identifier (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_PRODUCT_AUTOMATIC
31134	Product (automatic)	Connection	If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_FULLPRODUCT_AUTOMATIC
31135	Phase busbar connection	Connection Connection definition point	This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a phase busbar.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_IS_PHASEBAR
31136	Connection splicers passed through	Connection	Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_DISTRIBUTORS
31137	Topology: Connection splicers passed through (sorted)	Connection	Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection at a routing connection. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR
31138	Topology: Distance between connection splicers and source	Connection	Outputs the position of the connection splicers passed through on this connection at a routing connection. To this purpose the distance between the connection splicer and the source of the connection is specified. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR_DISTANCE
31139	Connection splicers exist	Connection	Shows whether connection passes through at least one connection splicer. This property can be used as a filter criterion for connection lists.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_HAS_DISTRIBUTOR
31140	Internal / External index: Source	Connection	Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the source of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_SOURCE
31141	Internal / External index: Target	Connection	Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the target of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_DESTINATION
31142	Connection: Association	Connection Connection definition point	This property specifies whether the connection is an individual connection or can be part of a cable, conduit, phase busbar, etc. Possible values are: 0 = Individual connection 1 = Cable 2 = Conduit 3 = Phase busbar 4 = Line.	Settings	Integer	No	No	CONNECTION_KINDOFWIRE
31143	Wire harness name	Connection Function Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	The wire harness name is used to assign functions and connections to a specific wire harness.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	HARNESS_NAME
31146	Line	Connection Connection definition point	Indicates whether the connection can be part of a line. This property is activated or deactivated in accordance with the set value for the Connection: Association (ID 31142) property.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_IS_PIPE
31148	Routing track source: X coordinate	Connection	X coordinate for the source of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_XPOS
31149	Routing track source: Y coordinate	Connection	Y coordinate for the source of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_YPOS
31150	Routing track source: Z coordinate	Connection	Z coordinate for the source of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_ZPOS
31151	Routing track target: X coordinate	Connection	X coordinate for the target of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_XPOS
31152	Routing track target: Y coordinate	Connection	Y coordinate for the target of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_YPOS
31153	Routing track target: Z coordinate	Connection	Z coordinate for the target of the routing track.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_ZPOS
31157	Piping name	Connection Piping definition point	Name of the piping.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	CONNECTION_PIPENAME
31160	Object identification: Source	Connection	Internal object identifier.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_SOURCE_DBOBJECTID
31161	Object identification: Target	Connection	Internal object identifier.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONNECTION_DESTINATION_DBOBJECTID
31162	Cable unit	Connection Function Connection definition point	Specifies the association of a component (function, connection, cable, etc.) to a cable unit in EPLAN Harness proD. The property is used for the data exchange with EPLAN Harness proD.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	HARNESS_CABLEUNIT
33000	Name of potential	Connection Potential definition point	Name of the potential.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_NAME
33001	Superior potential	Potential definition point Connection	Name of the superior potential to which the selected signal belongs.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_PARENT
33003	Potential value	Potential definition point Connection		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_VALUE
33004	Frequency	Potential definition point		Connection	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_FREQUENCE
33005	Possible counter potentials	Potential definition point	Enter here which other potentials may be connected to the same consumer. This property is only used for information purposes and can be output in the potential overview for documentation purposes.	Connection	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_VALID_POTENTIALS
33006	Signal name	Potential definition point Connection	Name of the signal.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_SIGNAL
33007	Net name	Connection Potential definition point	Name of the net.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	POTENTIAL_NETNAME
33100	Outline definition point: Name	Outline definition point	Name of outline definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_NAME
33101	Outline definition point: Type	Outline definition point	Type of outline definition point.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_TYPE
33301	Piping: Exchange source and target	Piping definition point	Through this entry you specify whether the target designations of a piping correspond to the targets of the underlying connection or the source and target have been exchanged.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	PIPELINE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET
35000	Terminal strips: Number of SH terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Number of SH terminals on the terminal strip. Shields will be connected to these terminals.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFSH
35001	Terminal strips: Total number of objects on terminal strip	Terminal strip (in reports)	Quantity of all objects on the terminal strip, including the terminal strip definition, terminals, terminal accessories, and function templates.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINAL_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS
35002	Terminal strips: Number of general terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Total number of terminals on the terminal strip that are not N, PE, PEN or SH terminals.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON
35003	Terminal strips: Number of N terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Quantity of N terminals on the terminal strip.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFN
35004	Terminal strips: Number of PE terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Quantity of PE / PEN terminals on the terminal strip.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFPE
35005	Terminal strips: Number of terminals and accessories for terminal diagram	Terminal strip (in reports)	Quantity of terminals and accessories displayed on the terminal diagram.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT
35006	Terminal strips: Number of terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Quantity of terminals on the terminal strip (independent of type).	Data	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALS
35007	Terminal strips: First terminal	Terminal strip (in reports)	Designation of the first terminal on the terminal strip.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_FIRSTTERMINAL
35008	Terminal strips: Last terminal	Terminal strip (in reports)	Designation of the last terminal on the terminal strip.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_LASTTERMINAL
35009	Terminal strips: Page name of terminal diagram	Terminal strip (in reports)	Name of the first page of the terminal diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE
35010	Terminal strips: Page name of terminal-connection diagram	Terminal strip (in reports)	Name of the first page of the terminal-connection diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE
35011	Terminal strips: Page name of terminal line-up diagram	Terminal strip (in reports)	Name of the first page of the terminal line-up diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_TERMINALLINEUPDIAGRAMPAGE
35012	Terminal strips: Number of main terminals	Terminal strip (in reports)	Number of main terminals on the terminal strip (regardless of type).	No category	Integer	No	Yes	TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALMAINS
35100	Cables: Number of used connections	Cables (in reports)	Automatically calculated number of cable connections used.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES
35101	Cables: Number of free connections	Cables (in reports)	Number of unused cable connections in the cable.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFFREEWIRES
35102	Cables: Number of shields	Cables (in reports)	Number of cable shields.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFSHIELDS
35103	Cables: Number of PE conductors	Cables (in reports)	Number of PE / PEN cable conductors.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFPEWIRES
35104	Cables: Number of N conductors	Cables (in reports)	Number of N cable conductors.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFNWIRES
35105	Cables: Number of general connections	Cables (in reports)	Total number of connections in the cable that are not N, PE or PEN conductors.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFNORMALWIRES
35106	Cables: Page name of the cable diagram	Cables (in reports)	Name of the first page of the cable diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CABLE_DIAGRAMPAGE
35107	Cables: Page name of cable connection diagram	Cables (in reports)	Name of the first page of the cable-connection diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE
35108	Cables: Number of all connections	Cables (in reports)	Sum of free and used cable connections.	Data	Integer	No	No	CABLE_COUNTOFALLWIRES
35109	Number of connections used (single-line cables)	Function	Manually entered number of used cable connections for single-line cables and shields.	Data	Integer	No	No	CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES_MANUAL
35110	Cables: Number of connections to this target / this source	Cables (in reports)	Number of cable connections for a specific target or source; used in reporting.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	CABLE_COUNTOFWIRES_DESTINATION
35111	Cables: Connection splicers passed through	Cables (in reports)	Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the cable. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in cable reports, for example during the evaluation of single-line cables.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	CABLE_DISTRIBUTORS
35200	Plugs: Number of SH pins	Plugs (in reports)	Number of SH pins in the plug. Shields will be connected to these pins.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSH
35201	Plugs: Page name of plug diagram	Plugs (in reports)	Name of the first page of the plug diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE
35202	Plugs: Page name of pin-connection diagram	Plugs (in reports)	Name of the first page of the pin-connection diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE
35203	Plugs: First pin	Plugs (in reports)	Designation of the first pin in the plug.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_FIRSTCONTACT
35204	Plugs: Last pin	Plugs (in reports)	Designation of the last pin in the plug.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_LASTCONTACT
35205	Plugs: Number of PE pins	Plugs (in reports)	Number of PE / PEN pins in the plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPE
35206	Plugs: Number of N pins	Plugs (in reports)	Number of N pins in the plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFN
35207	Plugs: Number of pins and accessories for plug diagram	Plugs (in reports)		Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT
35208	Plugs: Number of general pins	Plugs (in reports)	Total number of pins in the plug that are not N, PE, PEN or SH pins.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON
35209	Plugs: Total number of pins	Plugs (in reports)	Total number of pins in the plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS
35210	Plugs: Number of male pins	Plugs (in reports)	Number of male pins in plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPINS
35211	Plugs: Number of female pins	Plugs (in reports)	Number of female pins in plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSOCKETS
35212	Plugs: Number of pins (male and female pin)	Plugs (in reports)	Number of pins consisting of a male-female combination in plug.	Data	Integer	No	No	PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFJOINED
35500	Drill type	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	Shows the type of drill hole for groups of drill holes of the same type. The value is chosen from a drop-down list on the "Cut-outs" tab in parts management.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_TYPE
35501	Subtype	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	For certain drill types (e.g. "Rectangular"), you can select a subtype that describes the drill hole in greater detail.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SUBTYPE
35502	Outline name	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	For the "Free outline" drill type, you can enter a designation for the outline here.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_OUTLINENAME
35503	X position	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_XPOS
35504	Y position	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_YPOS
35505	Angle	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_ANGLE
35506	1st dimension	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION1
35507	2nd dimension	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION2
35508	3rd dimension	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)		Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION3
35509	Repetitive spacing	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	Shows the spacing between all further drill holes.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGREPEAT
35510	End spacing	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	The minimum clearance of the last drill hole to the right edge of the object, i.e. no drill hole will be placed closer to the edge of the object than the value specified here. For (e.g.) cable ducts you can use this setting to define how far away the drill hole is from the edge of the cable duct, so that no problems occur when screwing it tight.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGEND
35511	Drill every n-th hole	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	Specifies which holes are to be drilled; for example, enter "4" to drill only every fourth hole.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DRILLNTHHOLE
35512	Part number	Accessory list entry	Part number of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_PARTNR
35513	Variant	Accessory list entry	Variant of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_VARIANT
35514	Always make	Cut-out (in drilling patterns)	Shows that the drill hole must always be carried out, even if the part is not placed directly on the mounting surface (for example, on a mounting rail).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_FABRICATEALWAYS
35550	Connection point designation	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern (entered on the "Connection points" tab for connection point patterns in parts management).	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_NAME
35551	X position	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XPOS
35552	Y position	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YPOS
35553	Z position	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS
35554	Routing direction	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list. 0 = Automatic 1 = Move up 2 = Down 3 = Left 4 = Right. The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION
35555	Additional length	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH
35556	Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet)	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the "Connection points" tab where user-defined values can also be assigned.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE
35557	Min. cross-section	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION
35558	Max. cross-section	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION
35559	Max. number of connections	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT
35560	Dual sleeve prescribed	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE
35561	Connection category	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly for an individual connection in the connection point pattern: 0 = Undefined 1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore) 2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore) 3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore) 4 = Insulation-displacement connection 5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore) 6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore) 7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore) 8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore) 9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore) 10 = Nipple (do not use anymore) 11 = Internal thread 12 = External thread 13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore) 14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore) 15 = User-defined 1015 = Screw connection 1016 = Spring pulley connection 1017 = Push-in connection 1018 = Penetration connection 1019 = Push-in fitting 1020 = Push-wire connection 1021 = Bolt connection 1022 = Flat plug-in connector 1023 = Crimp connection 1024 = Band connection 1025 = Rail connection 1026 = Soldering lug connection 1027 = Wrap post.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL
35562	Connection dimension	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads. Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8".	Data	Value with unit	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE
35563	Plug designation	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG
35564	Level	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL
35565	Internal / External index	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents.	Data	Integer	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO
35566	Terminal designation	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER
35567	X vector	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XDIR
35568	Y vector	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YDIR
35569	Z vector	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR
35571	Min. AWG	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG
35572	Max. AWG	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG
35573	Socket size	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	A screwing tool (for example screwdriver) consists of the drive and the socket. The drive is the component that moves the tool, for example a handle or a motor shaft. The socket is the component that is moved, for example the tip of the screwdriver. The socket size describes the dimensions of the socket (of the blade or tip), for example 3 x 0.5 mm = width 3 mm and thickness 0.5 mm.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES
35574	Bus interface: Name	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME
35575	Min. tightening torque	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE
35576	Max. tightening torque	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE
35578	Stripping length	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH
35580	X position: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS
35581	Y position: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS
35582	Z position: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS
35583	X vector: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR
35584	Y vector: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR
35585	Z vector: Tool	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR
35586	Shaft diameter	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm".	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER
35587	Clamping space offset	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET
35594	X starting point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS
35595	Y starting point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS
35596	Z starting point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS
35597	X end point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS
35598	Y end point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS
35599	Z end point: Clamping space	Connection point (in connection point patterns)	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS
35800	Identifying name			Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_IDENTNAME
35801	Displayed name			Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DISPLAYNAME
35802	Assignments			Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_ASSIGNMENT
35803	Category			Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_CATEGORY
35804	Display type			Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_INPUTASSISTANCE_TYPE
35805	Default value for selection list			Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_INPUTASSISTANCE_VALUE
35806	Do not use anymore			Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DONOTUSE
35807	Usage count		Specifies how often a user-defined property is used in the project.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_USAGE
35808	Part reference assigned			Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_USED_BY_ARTICLEREF
35809	Translate property value		Specifies whether the property value is considered for the translation.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_TRANSLATE_VALUE
35810	Data type			Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DATATYPE
35811	Description			Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DESCRIPTION
35812	Subcategory 1			No category	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_SUBCATEGORY_1
35813	Subcategory			No category	Integer	No	Yes	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_SUBCATEGORY_2
35814	Block property: Format			No category	Monolingual text	No	No	DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_BLOCKPROPERTY_FORMAT
35900	Identifying name	Property arrangement	Identifying name of the property arrangement.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_IDENTNAME
35901	Displayed name	Property arrangement		Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_DISPLAYNAME
35902	Standard arrangement	Property arrangement		Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_DEFAULT
35903	Usage count	Property arrangement	Specifies how often a user-defined property arrangement is used in the project.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_USAGE
35904	Type	Property arrangement	Specifies the type of the property arrangement: -1 = Undefined 0 = Component 1 = Part placement (3D) 2 = Model view.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_TYPE
35905	Assignment	Property arrangement	Function definition or symbol to which the property arrangement is assigned.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	PROPERTYVIEW_ASSIGNMENT
36000	Item designation	3D function	Contains the item designation of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATION
36002	Grouping sign for item designation (automatic)	3D function	Shows the contents of the "Grouping sign for item designation" property (ID 36012). If no preceding sign is entered for the item, this is defined from the first superior item for which a preceding sign is entered in the "Grouping sign for item designation" property.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX_AUTOMATIC
36003	Mounting site (describing, common)	3D function Part reference	Shows the contents of the manually entered "Mounting site (describing)" property or if this is empty, the "Mounting site (describing)" property entered at the main function.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGLOCATION_AUTOMATIC
36004	Machining	3D function	Specifies whether machining is necessary (e.g., a drill hole).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ISFORMECHANICALPROCESSING
36005	Local connection point pattern	3D function	If this property is activated, the connection point data is saved locally at the part placement.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ARTICLETERMINAL_ISLOCAL
36006	Cut-out: Diameter of the hole	3D function	Drill hole diameter. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DIAMETER
36007	Cut-out: Nominal diameter of the threaded hole	3D function	Nominal diameter of the threaded hole. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_NOMINAL_DIAMETER
36010	Item is fastened unmovably to the superior item	3D function	If this property is enabled, then the item cannot be moved relative to the superior item. Moving the entire mounting panel by means of the "Move" functionality is still possible. The fixation can be temporarily revoked for individual items by pressing the [Shift] key while moving via Drag & Drop.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ELEM_ISFIXONPARENT
36011	Prefabricated	3D function	Indicates whether form and dimensions of an item can be modified.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ISPREFABRICATED
36012	Grouping sign for item designation	3D function	Shows a grouping preceding sign for item designation for the item and all subordinate items, which provides for better arrangement of parts. The preceding sign is displayed in the "Full item designation" property and placed before the actual item designation.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX
36013	Full item designation	3D function	Contains the item designation of a mechanical item including the preceding sign for the item designation. The preceding sign is usually taken from the enclosure.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_FULLDESIGNATION
36014	Item requires holes in mounting surface	3D function	Specifies whether a drill hole is required for an item that has been placed on a mounting surface.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ELEM_NEEDSDRILL
36015	Is associated mounting material	3D function		Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ISINSTALLATIONMATERIAL
36016	Designation in mechanics structure	3D function	Provides the designation, which has the function or mechanical item within the mechanical structure for identification purposes. This is the DT for electrical engineering or fluid power functions, and the designation for mechanical items.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_IDENTNAME_IN_MECHANICAL_STRUCTURE
36017	Distance to mounting surface	3D function	If an offset was entered during the placement of a part, this property will display the distance of the part placement from the mounting surface.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE
36018	Item description	3D function	Contains the item description of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_DESCRIPTION
36019	Macro: Variant	Layout space	Macro variant.	Macro	Integer	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VARIANT
36020	Cut-out: Width	3D function	Width of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_WIDTH
36021	Cut-out: Height	3D function	Height of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_HEIGHT
36022	Cut-out: Length	3D function	Length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_LENGTH
36023	Cut-out: Radius / Chamfer distance	3D function	Radius and / or chamfer distance of the cut-out.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CHAMFER_OR_RADIUS
36024	Cut-out: Edge length	3D function	Edge length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches.	Data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_EDGE_LENGTH
36025	Cut-out: Outline	3D function	Outline of the cut-out. Here, the file name of a user-defined outline file (*.fc1) is displayed.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CONTOUR
36026	Layout space: Connection filter	3D function	Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used for routing to control which connections may be routed along which routing tracks (channel, manual routing path, routing range, wiring cut-out). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Layout space: Routing track specification" (ID 31094) property has not been activated.	Settings	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_CONNECTIONFILTER
36027	Routing path / Curve: Length	3D function	Manually entered length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_MANUAL
36028	Routing path / Curve: Length (automatic)	3D function	Length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered length or, when that is empty, the geometric length in the layout space.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTOMATIC
36029	Routing path / Curve: Cross-section	3D function	Cross-section of a routing path or curve. Is used for calculating the fill capacity of channel.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CROSSSECTION
36030	Routing path / Curve: Automatically generated	3D function	Indicates that the routing path or curve was generated automatically (e.g., for routing paths in channels).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CREATED_AUTOMATICALLY
36031	Extra length	3D function	The extra length indicates the length that is added once to a connection running through a routing range.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_WIRING_OPENING_EXTRALENGTH
36032	Output in mounting list	3D function	If this property is activated for a 3D part placement, the 3D part placement is output when mounting lists are generated.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_CREATE_MOUNTINGLIST
36033	Superior mounting surface	3D function	Specifies the mounting surface on which the 3D part placement has been placed. The property is used in filters to filter for 3D part placements that have been installed on other 3D part placements.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECTID
36034	Counter in item ID (relative to macro, EEC)	3D function	The counter is assigned automatically at the 3D part placements of the macro when reading in a macro in EPLAN Engineering Configuration and is used by the Item ID (relative to macro, EEC) property. If the individual 3D part placements cannot be uniquely identified by "Function definition" and "Item" at a part that consists of several combined 3D part placements, these are additionally identified via the counter.	Data	Integer	No	No	FUNCTION3D_IDCOUNTER_RELATIVE
36035	Item ID (relative to macro, EEC)	3D function	Identifies the individual 3D part placements for a part that consists of several combined 3D part placements. The property is required by the EPLAN Engineering Configuration in order to define the items of a macro on which other items are installed.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_ID_RELATIVE
36036	Multiple cut-out possible	3D function	Indicates whether multiple cut-outs are possible for an item, and allows for the "inheriting" of cut-outs. This way, cut-outs can be carried over from a drilling pattern to another item.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_CANHAVE_MULTI_OPENING
36037	Cut-out depth (copper)	3D function	Cut-out depth for automatic drill holes.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DEPTH_COPPER
36040	Superior device	3D function	The property supplies the directly superior device as the value. The following property values are combined: Full item designation, full DT, legend item.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECT
36041	Variable for placeable functions (EEC One)	3D function	The property serves to identify 3D part placements in EEC One, so that specific other 3D part placements can be placed automatically on them during the automatic generation of a layout space.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_ID_EEC_ONE
36042	Name of the M-CAD file	3D function	This property is used during data exchange with external CAD systems. The full file name and the full file path of the imported STEP file is stored in this property and is entered at the created design space and at the imported 3D objects.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	FUNCTION3D_DOCNAME
36044	Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (automatic)	3D function	Is required for calculating the power dissipation. Displays the value of the simultaneity factor (if it exists). Otherwise the value from the project settings is used.	Thermal design	Decimal number	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR_AUTOMATIC
36045	Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (device)	3D function	Deviating simultaneity factor for this device compared to the project properties. Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Decimal number	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR
36046	Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (automatic)	3D function	Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE_AUTOMATIC
36047	Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (device)	3D function	Deviating number of the air-conditioning field of this device from the number of the air-conditioning field of the enclosure (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE
36048	Thermal design: Device power dissipation	3D function	Calculated value of the power dissipation of this device under consideration of the simultaneity factor.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_AUTOMATIC
36049	Thermal design: Installation situation	3D function	Installation situation of the enclosure, e.g. "Single housing free-standing". Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_SITUATION
36050	Thermal design: Min. external temperature	3D function	Minimum external temperature of an enclosure.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_OUT_TEMP
36051	Thermal design: Max. external temperature	3D function	Maximum external temperature of an enclosure.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_OUT_TEMP
36052	Thermal design: Min. internal temperature	3D function	Minimum internal temperature of an enclosure.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_IN_TEMP
36053	Thermal design: Max. internal temperature	3D function	Maximum internal temperature of an enclosure.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_IN_TEMP
36054	Thermal design: Air-conditioning field	3D function	Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Integer	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_ZONE
36055	Thermal design: Operating current	3D function	Operating current of a busbar. Is required for calculating the power dissipation.	Thermal design	Value with unit	No	No	FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_BUSBAR_CURRENT
36056	Connection point pattern: X position	3D function	X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XPOS
36057	Connection point pattern: Y position	3D function	Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YPOS
36058	Connection point pattern: Z position	3D function	Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS
36059	Connection point pattern: Routing direction	3D function	Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list. 0 = Automatic 1 = Move up 2 = Down 3 = Left 4 = Right. The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION
36060	Connection point pattern: Additional length	3D function	Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH
36061	Connection point pattern: Wire termination processing (EPLAN Cabinet)	3D function	This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with EPLAN Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the "Connection points" tab where user-defined values can also be assigned.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE
36062	Connection point pattern: Min. cross-section	3D function	Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION
36063	Connection point pattern: Max. cross-section	3D function	Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION
36064	Connection point pattern: Max. number of connections	3D function	Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT
36065	Connection point pattern: Dual sleeve prescribed	3D function	Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point.	No category	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE
36066	Connection point pattern: Connection category	3D function	Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly for an individual connection in the connection point pattern: 0 = Undefined 1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore) 2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore) 3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore) 4 = Insulation-displacement connection 5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore) 6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore) 7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore) 8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore) 9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore) 10 = Nipple (do not use anymore) 11 = Internal thread 12 = External thread 13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore) 14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore) 15 = User-defined 1015 = Screw connection 1016 = Spring pulley connection 1017 = Push-in connection 1018 = Penetration connection 1019 = Push-in fitting 1020 = Push-wire connection 1021 = Bolt connection 1022 = Flat plug-in connector 1023 = Crimp connection 1024 = Band connection 1025 = Rail connection 1026 = Soldering lug connection 1027 = Wrap post.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL
36067	Connection point pattern: Connection dimension	3D function	A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads. Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8".	No category	Value with unit	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE
36068	Connection point pattern: Plug designation	3D function	Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG
36069	Connection point pattern: Level	3D function	Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL
36070	Connection point pattern: Internal / External index	3D function	Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents.	No category	Integer	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO
36071	Connection point pattern: Terminal designation	3D function	Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER
36072	Connection point pattern: X vector	3D function	X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XDIR
36073	Connection point pattern: Y vector	3D function	Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YDIR
36074	Connection point pattern: Z vector	3D function	Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR
36076	Product configurator identifier	3D function		General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_ID_EXTERNALPRODUCTCONFIGURATOR_AUTOMATIC
36077	Connection point pattern: Min. AWG	3D function	Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG
36078	Connection point pattern: Max. AWG	3D function	Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG
36079	Max. tightening torque	3D function	Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket.	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE
36080	X starting point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS
36081	Y starting point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS
36082	Z starting point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS
36083	X end point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS
36084	Y end point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS
36085	Z end point: Clamping space	3D function	The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS
36086	Clamping space offset	3D function	Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item.	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET
36087	Shaft diameter	3D function	The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm".	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER
36088	X position: Tool	3D function	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS
36089	Y position: Tool	3D function	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS
36090	Z position: Tool	3D function	The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS
36091	X vector: Tool	3D function	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR
36092	Y vector: Tool	3D function	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR
36093	Z vector: Tool	3D function	The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1".	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR
36094	Socket size	3D function	Describes the form of the screw head for applying a screwdriver or a wrench. Enter of, for example PZ 1 or PH 1 or TX 5 or 0.5x3.0.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES
36095	Min. tightening torque	3D function	Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket.	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE
36096	Stripping length	3D function	Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation.	No category	Decimal number	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH
36100	Object was transferred during part migration	3D function	Identifies objects that were transferred unchanged after the migration of the part.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	FUNCTION3D_OUTDATED
36101	Connection point pattern: Bus interface name	3D function	Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME
36103	Has mounting lines	3D function	Specifies whether the item has mounting lines.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGLINES
36104	Has mounting points	3D function	Specifies whether the item has mounting points.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGPOINTS
36105	Has mounting grid	3D function	Specifies whether the item has mounting grids.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGGRIDS
36106	Has base points	3D function	Specifies whether the item has base points.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_HAS_REFERENCEPOINTS
36108	Total weight	3D function	This property displays the result of the calculation of the total weight of an enclosure placed in the layout space. The actual total weight of an enclosure is calculated from the enclosure weight and the sum of the weights of all parts and routed connections placed in the enclosure.	Mounting data	Value with unit	No	Yes	FUNCTION3D_CABINET_TOTALWEIGHT
36450	Grid size	Layout space	Distance of the grid points for the graphical editing in the 3D view.	No category	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_GRIDSIZE
36451	Layout space in draft mode	Layout space	When you carry out changes in a layout space in a revision, it is identified as "Draft". This is displayed graphically by a watermark in the 3D view and this property is assigned to the layout space. This identifier stays there until you close the layout space.	Revision	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT
36452	Layout space name	Layout space	The layout space name normally consists of a number. The next number up is automatically suggested when creating new layout spaces.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESIGNATION
36453	Layout space name (identifying)	Layout space	Identifying layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying but not describing identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTALLATIONSPACE_IDENTNAME
36454	Layout space name (full)	Layout space	Full layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTALLATIONSPACE_FULLNAME
36455	Layout space name (in reports)	Layout space	This property is intended for use in reports. The layout space name is specified here in brackets to differentiate it from page names.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	INSTALLATIONSPACE_NAME_IN_EVALUATION_FORMAT
36456	Automatically generated	Layout space	Indicates whether the layout space was generated automatically, and the information on the creator: 0 = No 5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration.	Settings	Integer	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO
36457	Keep parts at placement	Layout space	This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained. If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	INSTALLATIONSPACE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO
36458	Copper bundle: Name	Copper bundle Busbar	Designation of the copper bundle; this name is displayed, for example, in the layout space navigator.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	COPPERBUNDLE_DESIGNATION
36460	Thermal design: Maximum reach	3D part placement (base object)	Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the distance in meters at which the flow speed of the emitted air drops below a value of 0.5 m/s.	Thermal design	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	DMCABBASE_THERMDIST
36461	Thermal design: Intake angle	3D part placement (base object)	Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the air to be cooled / heated can enter the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices.	Thermal design	Decimal number	No	No	DMCABBASE_ANGLE_IN
36462	Thermal design: Discharge angle	3D part placement (base object)	Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the cooled / heated air can exit the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices.	Thermal design	Decimal number	No	No	DMCABBASE_ANGLE_OUT
36500	Model view: Description	Model view	Description of the model view; drilling view or copper unfold; multilingual entry is allowed.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION
36501	Model view: Manual displacement	Model view	Moving the center of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold.	No category	Coordinates (X/Y)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MANUAL_CENTER
36502	Model view: Frozen	Model view	If this property is activated, the model view, drilling view or copper unfold will no longer be updated.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FROZEN_VIEW
36503	Model view: Name	Model view	Designation of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESIGNATION
36504	Model view: Layout space name	Model view	Name of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA
36505	Model view: Layout space description	Model view	Description of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA_DESCRIPTION
36506	Model view: Selection scheme	Model view	Scheme for item selection in model view or drilling view. The selection scheme specifies the item types to be displayed in the model view or drilling view.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_UNITSELECTIONSCHEME
36507	Model view: Item labeling	Model view	Scheme for item labeling in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_LABELINGSCHEME
36508	Model view: Apply viewpoint to mounting surface	Model view	If this property is activated, the viewpoint of the model view refers to the first mounting surface of the basic items.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_CONSIDER_TRANSFORM_OF_PLANE
36509	Model view: Basic item	Model view	The basic item is used to specify what is to be displayed in the model view. You can also further restrict the content of the layout space that is displayed. In the case of 2D drilling views and model views, the basic items can also be components of lower item hierarchy levels, e.g. mounting surfaces. In the case of copper unfolds, this is not possible. If the selected basic items do not contain any graphics, the next-higher item with graphics is added automatically.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MAINOBJECT
36510	Model view: Scale	Model view	Specifies the scale of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SCALE
36511	Model view: Scheme for automatic dimensioning	Model view	Scheme for the automatic dimensioning of the items in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ADIMSCHEME
36512	Model view: Name of the report template	Model view	Name of the used report template for the automatic generation of model views, copper unfolds or 2D drilling views. At a renewed report this report template is used again.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEMPLATE_NAME
36513	Model view: Display item silhouettes	Model view	If this property is activated, the basic outlines of extruded items (e.g., mounting rails and wire ducts) and the lateral boundary lines of the 3D body generated from the basic outline will be displayed. Disabling this setting will accelerate the output of complex 2D drilling views, but will impair the quality of the illustration of the items.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWSILOUETTES
36514	Model view: Rotation	Model view	Rotates the content of the model view by 90°, 180° or 270° counterclockwise. This can be useful in order to make optimum use of highly-formatted model views on pages in landscape orientation. The border of the model view is not rotated. Texts in a model view that is rotated by 90° are rotated by the same angle. The exception are property texts to be read from the right. For them to remain legible, they are rotated by -90°.	Data	Integer	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ORIENTATION
36515	Model view: Display freely routed cables	Model view	If this property is activated, freely routed cables are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cables are not displayed.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_CABLES
36516	Model view: Display freely routed wires	Model view	If this property is activated, freely routed cable connections / wires are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cable connections / wires are not displayed.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_CONNECTIONS
36517	Model view: Display freely routed hose lines	Model view	If this property is activated, freely routed hose lines are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hose lines are not displayed.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ROUTED_HOSE_ASSEMBLY
36518	Model view: Display freely routed hoses	Model view	If this property is activated, freely routed hoses are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hoses are not displayed.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_HOSES
36519	Show drilling pattern	Model view	If this property is activated, the drill holes on the copper item are displayed in the unfold.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWDRILLINGS
36520	Show bending line	Model view	If this property is activated, the bending lines of the individual bending positions are displayed as solid lines in the unfold.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGLINES
36521	Show bending extents	Model view	If this property is activated, the bending extents of the individual bending positions are displayed as dotted lines in the unfold.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGAREA
36522	Show bending note	Model view	If this property is activated, the information regarding the bending direction, bending angle and bending radius is displayed as texts on the bending lines.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGHINT
36523	Model view: Display freely routed pipes	Model view	If this property is activated, freely routed pipes are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed pipes are not displayed.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_PIPES
36524	Model view: Edge width	Model view	With this property you can set the width of the edge lines in the model view, 2D drilling view and copper unfold to a fixed value, for example 0.5 mm. During zooming and at scale changes the line width is adapted correspondingly. During PDF export the edge lines are output with the specified width. If no value is entered, the line thickness amounts to one pixel.	Data	Coordinates (only X or Y)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_EDGE_WIDTH
36525	Model view: Do not automatically rotate texts from layout space	Model view	If the property is activated, the property texts are aligned according to the definition in the layout space and the rotation of the view. If this property is deactivated, property texts are generated readable norm-compliant from below or the left in the model view. The setting only affects property texts that are transferred from the layout space.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEXTDIRECTION_LIKE_IN_3D
36526	Model view: Display item edges in black	Model view	If this property is activated, the display items in the model view are displayed in black.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBLACKWIHTE
36600	Deleted object: Name	Deletion markers	Shows the name of the deleted object at a deletion marker at the time of deletion, e.g. the DT for a function or the page names for a page.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME
36601	Deleted object: Type	Deletion markers	Shows the type of deleted object at a deletion marker, e.g., function, structure box, page, etc.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE
36602	User name	Deletion markers	Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER
36603	Delete date	Deletion markers	Shows the time (time and date), at the deletion marker, at which the object was deleted.	Revision	Time / Date	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME
36604	Associated revision name	Deletion markers	Outputs the name of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME
36605	Deleted object (further): Name	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The name of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: name" property (ID 36600).)	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME_HIST
36606	Deleted object (further): Type	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the types of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the type of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the type of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The type of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: type" property (ID 36601).)	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE_HIST
36607	User name (further)	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the user name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the user name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the user name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The user name of the last deleted object is output to the "User name" property (ID 36602).)	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER_HIST
36608	Delete date (further)	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the delete date of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the delete date of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the delete date of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The delete date of the last deleted object is output to the "Delete date" property (ID 36603).)	Revision	Time / Date	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME_HIST
36609	Associated revision name (further)	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision name of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision name of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision name of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision name of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision name" property (ID 36604).)	Revision	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME_HIST
36610	Associated project revision	Deletion markers	Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page.	No category	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION
36611	Associated project revision (further)	Deletion markers	Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision" property (ID 36610).)	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_HIST
36614	Deleted object: Revision index	Deletion markers	Text for identifying a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker.	Revision	Monolingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_NAME
36615	Deleted object: Revision description (change tracking)	Deletion markers	Revision description for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker.	Revision	Multilingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION
36616	Deleted object: Reason for revision change (change tracking)	Deletion markers	Revision change reason for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker.	Revision	Multilingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE
36617	Defined working section	Deletion markers	The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the name of the defined working section to which the page belongs in the Deleted pages dialog.	Revision	Multilingual text	No	No	DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_EDITINGAREA
36700	Protected group: Part number	Protected group		Part	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPROTECTEDGROUP_PARTNR
40321	Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 1	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_1
40322	Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 2	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_2
40323	Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 3	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_3
40324	Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 4	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_4
40325	Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 5	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_5
40326	Safety-related values: Input (Collect)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Function range of safety function: Input (Collect). This can be realized via a sensor, for example.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_INPUT
40327	Safety-related values: Output (React)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Function range of safety function: Output (React). This can be realized via an actuator, for example.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_OUTPUT
40328	Safety-related values: Logic (Generate report)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Function range of safety function: Logic (Generate report).	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LOGIC
40329	Safety-related values: PL	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Indicates the ability of safety-relevant parts of a control to carry out a safety function under foreseeable conditions (short for "Performance Level").	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PL
40330	Safety-related values: SIL CL	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	SIL limit (short for "Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit"). The safety integrity level SIL (short for "Safety Integrity Level") specifies the requirements of the safety functions of a control system. Level 1 denotes the lowest requirements; Level 4 the highest. The SIL limit is the maximum SIL required for a subsystem.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_SILCL
40331	Safety-related values: PFHD	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Average probability of a dangerous failure (short for "Probability of Dangerous Failure per Hour").	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PFHD
40332	Safety-related values: TMT1	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Duration of use, Mission Time; proof-test interval.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_TMT1
40333	Safety-related values: MTTFD	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Median time to the dangerous event (short for "Mean Time To Dangerous Failure").	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTFD
40334	Safety-related values: Lambda-D	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Rate of dangerous failures.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LAMBDAD
40335	Safety-related values: MTTF	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Median time to the event (short for "Mean Time To Failure").	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTF
40336	Safety-related values: MTBF	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Median time between two failures (short for "Mean Time Between Failures").	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTBF
40337	Safety-related values: RDF	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Percentage of dangerous failures relative to all failures (short for "Ratio of Dangerous to all Failures").	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_RDF
40338	Safety-related values: B10	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10
40339	Safety-related values: B10 D	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types) Safety-related value	Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed dangerously.	Data	Decimal number	No	No	ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10D
40340	Used drilling pattern: Name	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Outputs the name of the used drilling pattern.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME
40342	Sorting of part on terminal strip	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_TERMINALSORTCODE
40343	Trade of part reference	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_CRAFT
40344	Subtrade of part reference	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)		Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT
40345	Safety-related values: Use case in use	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE
40346	Safety-related values: Use case in use (name)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part.	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE_NAME
40347	Harness proD GUID	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	ARTICLEREF_HARNESSPROD_GUID
40348	AutomationML GUID (accessories)	Part reference Part reference (summarized representation types)	In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML AR APC format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	ARTICLEREF_AML_GUID
44001	Segment definition: Name (identifying)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Identifying name of the segment definition, e.g., "EPLAN.Base.Component.Common".	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONNAME
44002	Display format: Segment name	Segment definition (pre-planning)	Format for displayed name, define at the segment definition, and displayed at the planning objects / structure segments.	Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_DISPLAYNAME_FORMAT
44003	Segment definition: Displayed name	Segment definition (pre-planning)	Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general".	Formats	Multilingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NAME
44004	Designation	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Name of the structure segment or planning object. This name is identifying on a structure level in the space.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION
44005	Description (Segment)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Description of the structure segment or planning object (multi-lingual).	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_DESCRIPTION
44006	Technical description	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	You can enter any characteristic and particular features (multi-lingual). Is used for output in reports. Example: Three-phase motor 11 kW; star-delta control; one direction.	Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_TECHNICAL_DESCRIPTION
44007	Documents	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS
44008	Macro	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	At each planning object in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator, a macro can be entered that contains parts of the circuit or the entire circuit.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_MACRO
44009	Designation (full)	Segment template (pre-planning) Segment (pre-planning) Part reference (summarized representation types)	Shows the full designation from the top structure level in the tree up to this planning object. In the P&I diagram the property shows the complete designation of the PCT loop / PCT loop function including the structure identifiers of all the superior segments.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_FULLDESIGNATION
44010	Power consumption	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The power consumption necessary to operate this planning object.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT
44011	Total power consumption	Segment (pre-planning)	Displays the total of the required power consumption that was estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the required power consumption of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports.	No category	Value with unit	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT_TOTAL
44012	Expenditure planning	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The necessary time spent until the planning of this planning object.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME
44013	Total expenditure planning	Segment (pre-planning)	It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the planning of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME_TOTAL
44014	Expenditure construction	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The necessary time spent to build this planning object.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME
44015	Total expenditure construction	Segment (pre-planning)	It displays the total of the time that was estimated for building the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME_TOTAL
44016	Expenditure software	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The necessary time spent to program this planning object.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME
44017	Total expenditure software	Segment (pre-planning)	It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the programming of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports.	No category	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME_TOTAL
44018	Calculation value	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Estimated value that is required to realize the current planning object (for example an estimated price for a loop).	Data	Decimal number	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE
44019	Total calculation value	Segment (pre-planning)	Displays the total of the calculation values that were estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the calculation values of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports.	No category	Decimal number	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE_TOTAL
44020	PLC address: Direction	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter the direction here (input, output, undefined). The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Integer	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DIRECTION
44021	PLC address: Data type	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the data type here. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DATATYPE
44022	PLC address: CPU	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the processor to which the PLC connection point is assigned. A CPU is uniquely identified by specification of the CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier]. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CPU
44023	PLC address: Address	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the PLC address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_ADDRESS
44024	PLC address: Symbolic address	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the symbolic address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS
44025	PLC address: Function text	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the function text. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Multilingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_FUNCTIONTEXT
44026	Level in tree	Segment (pre-planning)	Indicates the hierarchy level of the planning object or structure segment in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator. The top level (directly below the project) has the value "1"; for the levels below, the value is incremented.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_TREELEVEL
44027	Pre-planning item number	Segment (pre-planning)		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_POSITIONNUMBER
44028	Total number of digital PLC inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT
44029	Total number of digital PLC outputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT
44030	Total number of analog PLC inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT
44031	Total number of analog PLC outputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT
44032	Structure identifier (Segment)	Segment (pre-planning)	Specifies all structure identifiers including preceding sign entered at the structure segment or planning object, provided they have a value. No preceding sign is displayed for empty structure identifiers. For example, instead of the string "==A1+-", only "==A1" is displayed.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_ALLSTRUCTUREPARTS
44033	Structure identifiers without separators	Segment definition (pre-planning)	If this property is activated, same-type structure identifiers of nested segments are combined without separators. Example: A segment has the structure identifier "=A1" and the subordinate segment "=12". In the full designation of the subordinate segment, "=A112" is displayed if the property is activated; otherwise, "=A1.12".	Formats	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NO_STRUCTUREDELIMITER
44034	Do not check for pre-planning depth	Segment (pre-planning)	Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is not taken into account in the error checking for the pre-planning depth.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_IGNORE_MANDATORY_PROPERTY_VERIFICATION
44035	Technical facility	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	"Technical facility" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IDENTIFIER
44036	Measurand	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	"Measurand" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_MEASURAND
44037	Processing function	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	"Processing function" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_FUNCTION
44038	Number	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	"Number" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_NUMBER
44039	Basic segment definition: Name (identifying)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Identifying name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Eplan.Base.StructureNode".	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONNAME
44040	Pre-planning finished	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is ready for the detailed planning.	Settings	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNING_COMPLETE
44041	Segment definition: Displayed name	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general".	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME
44042	Basic segment definition: Displayed name	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Displayed name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Structure segment" or "Planning object".	Data	Multilingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME
44043	Implementation	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Realization from the PCT type. The following values are possible: 0 = General 1 = PCS 2 = Process computer 3 = PLC.	Data	Integer	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IMPLEMENTATION
44044	Activation site	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Activation site from the PCT type. The following values are possible: 0 = On-site 1 = Measuring station 2 = Control room 3 = Measuring station (not visible) 4 = Control room (not visible).	Data	Integer	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_LOCATION
44045	Segment definition: Preceding sign	Segment definition (pre-planning)	Enter here the character that is displayed in front of the designation of a segment with this segment definition in the Full designation property. If this field is empty, a space is used by default.	Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_PREFIX
44046	Segment definition: Preceding sign also at the beginning	Segment definition (pre-planning)	If this check box is enabled, the preceding sign of a segment with this segment definition is always displayed in the full designation. The preceding sign is displayed also if a segment forms a top hierarchy level in the tree structure and its designation is at the beginning of the full designation. If the check box is deactivated, the preceding sign will be hidden if the segment in question is at the beginning of the full designation. This is the default setting.	Formats	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_BEGINWITHPREFIX
44047	PLC address: Workstation	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the station to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_STATION
44048	PLC address: Configuration project	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the configuration project to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT
44049	Segment template: Description	Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Displayed name of the segment template.	General	Multilingual text	No	No	DMPLASPECIFICATION_DESCRIPTION
44050	Segment template: Name (identifying)	Segment template (pre-planning) Pipe class Substance	Identifying name of the segment template. The segment template is managed in EPLAN under this name.	General	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLASPECIFICATION_NAME
44051	Segment template	Segment (pre-planning)	Segment template of the planning object or structure segment.	General	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_SPECIFICATIONNAME
44052	PLC address: Symbolic address (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART
44053	Symbolic address (single component)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	At segments, a single component of the symbolic address can be entered. These single components are linked at the PLC inputs and outputs of the planning objects starting with the top node and provide the automatically determined symbolic address.	PLC data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART
44054	User-defined property: Name	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	This property can be used in reports and displays the name of a user-defined property. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_NAME
44055	User-defined property: Value	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	This property can be used in reports and displays the value of the associated user-defined property with the same index. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 100	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_VALUE
44056	Hook-up	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Displays the first assembly part from the "Hook-up" product group that is entered in the properties dialog of the planning object or of the segment template in the Part tab.	Part	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_HOOKUP
44057	Usage count	Segment template (pre-planning)	This property can be used in reports and shows for a segment template the number of planning objects to which the segment template is assigned.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLASPECIFICATION_OBJECT_COUNT
44059	Total number of PLC counter inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects (same as the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator).	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT
44060	Relevant to safety	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_SAFETY_RELEVANT
44061	GMP-relevant	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. GMP stands for "Good Manufacturing Practice". On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_GMP_RELEVANT
44062	Quality-relevant	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_QUALITY_RELEVANT
44063	Linked segments: Name	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows at a segment which other segments are linked to this segment through a links. Up to 10 links can be differentiated by using the index. The complete designation of the linked segment is displayed as a value.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 10	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_LINK_CHILD_NAME
44064	PLC address: Counter	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments.	PLC data	Boolean (True / False)	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_COUNTER
44065	Designation (visible)	Segment (pre-planning)	By means of this property you can have a "reduced" designation displayed at the PCT loops / PCT loop functions which are placed in a structure box in the P&I diagram. In this property the designation of the superior structure box is abbreviated, meaning that the partial structure in which the PCT loop / PCT loop function is located is displayed. If a PCT loop / PCT loop function belongs to a different structure, a "reduced" designation is displayed. In this case a ">" is displayed before the designation.	Data	Monolingual text	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION_VISIBLE
44066	Is linked to superior segments	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows whether the current segment is linked to different superior segments. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_IS_LINKED
44067	Has linked segments	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows whether links to other segments exist below the current segment. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning.	Data	Boolean (True / False)	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_HAS_LINKS
44068	Documents: File / hyperlink	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	File name or hyperlink of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 20	No	DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_URL
44069	Documents: Designation	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Designation of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks.	Data	Multilingual text	Yes, 20	No	DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_DESIGNATION
44070	Source segment	Segment (pre-planning)	Source segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_SOURCE_SEGMENT
44071	Target segment	Segment (pre-planning)	Target segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_TARGET_SEGMENT
44072	Pipe class	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PIPECLASS
44073	Part number	Pipe class	Shows the part numbers assigned to a piping. The individual parts are addressed via an index. The property can be output in reports, for example.	Data	Monolingual text	Yes, 1000	Yes	DMPLAPIPECLASS_PARTS
44074	Automatically generated	Segment (pre-planning)	Indicates whether the segment was generated automatically, and shows the information on the creator: 0 = No 5 = EPLAN Engineering Configuration 9 = Import.	Settings	Integer	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_AUTO_CREATED_INFO
44075	Nominal pressure level	Pipe class	The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point).	Data	Value with unit	No	No	DMPLAPIPECLASS_PRESSURELEVEL
44076	Material	Pipe class		Data	Multilingual text	No	No	DMPLAPIPECLASS_MATERIAL
44077	Standard	Pipe class		Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAPIPECLASS_NORM
44078	Substance	Segment (pre-planning)	Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen").	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_SUBSTANCE
44079	Number of digital PLC inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT
44080	Number of digital PLC outputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT
44081	Number of analog PLC inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT
44082	Number of analog PLC outputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT
44083	Number of PLC counter inputs	Segment (pre-planning)	Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object.	Data	Integer	No	Yes	DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT
44084	Macro for pre-planning and P&I diagram	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	Macro with the "Pre-planning" and / or "P&I diagram" representation type for the extension of an existing pre-planning with graphical representations and P&I diagram.	Data	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLAMACRO
44085	Connection: Cross-section / diameter	Segment (pre-planning)	Cross-section / Diameter of the connection.	Data	Value with unit	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_CROSSSECTION
44086	Color for P&I diagram	Segment (pre-planning)	In order to recognize in the P&I diagram which containers, PCT loops, pipings etc. are linked with segments in the pre-planning you can color these components and objects in the P&I diagram. With this property you specify the desired color. In addition the settings for the coloring of components and pipings in the P&I diagram must be activated in the project settings for the pre-planning.	Settings	Integer	No	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PID_COLOR
44087	PLC address: Symbolic address: Group	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. With this property you can group areas of symbolic addresses in the assignment list, for example inputs, outputs, safety addresses, etc. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format.	PLC data	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_GROUP
44088	PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (name)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. With this property you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. When using this property you additionally have to specify the data type in the "PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (data type)" property.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT
44089	PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (data type)	Segment (pre-planning) Segment template (pre-planning)	PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. When using the "PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (name)" property specify the associated user-defined data type here. With these two properties you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. The actual structure of the UDT is only required in the PLC configuration program and only specified there.	No category	Monolingual text	Yes, 50	No	DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT_DATATYPE
44090	Segment definition: Separator symbolic address	Segment definition (pre-planning)	The separator defined here precedes the individual component of a segment in the symbolic address. This allows the individual components of this segment to be differentiated from the individual components of the segments of the other structure levels. In order for a change in the symbolic address to be transferred to all other segments (planning objects, PCT loops) in the pre-planning navigator or to the placed PLC connection points in the schematic, you have to update the detailed planning and in the process select the option Update device tags and symbolic addresses.	Formats	Monolingual text	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_PREFIX_SA
44091	Segment definition: No blank space before the number	Segment definition (pre-planning)	If this property is selected for a PCT loop or a PCT loop function, no blank is displayed for the designation between the "Processing function" component and the "Number" component. This can be seen, for example, in the tree of the pre-planning navigator, in the property dialog of the segments and at the placed segments in the P&I diagram, if the corresponding properties such as Designation (full) (ID 44009) are used in the property arrangement for the display of properties.	Formats	Boolean (True / False)	No	No	DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NUMBER_NO_SPACE